from few to many - brookings institute

200
 From Few  to Many Ten Years of Health Insurance Expansion in Colombia  Amanda L. Glassman María-Luisa Escobar  Antonio Giuffrida Ursula Giedion Editors

Upload: johanna-torres-reina

Post on 02-Jun-2018

213 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 1/199

 From Few  to Many 

Ten Years ofHealth Insurance

Expansion in

Colombia

 Amanda L. Glassman

María-Luisa Escobar

 Antonio Giuffrida

Ursula Giedion

Editors

Page 2: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 2/199

Page 3: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 3/199

From Few to Many

Ten Years of Health Insurance

Expansion in Colombia

Amanda L. Glassman

María-Luisa EscobarAntonio GiuffridaUrsula Giedion

Editors 

Inter-American Development Bank

The Brookings Institution

Page 4: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 4/199

©Inter-American Development Bank, 2009. All rights reserved. Nopart o this book may be reproduced or utilized in any orm or by anymeans, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording,or by inormation storage or retrieval system, without permission romthe IDB.

Inter-American Development Bank 1300 New York Avenue, N.W.Washington, D.C. 20577www.iadb.org 

Co-published by   Te Brookings Institution  1775 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.  Washington, D.C. 20036  www.brookings.edu

Produced by the IDB Office o External Relations

Te views and opinions expressed in this publication are those o the

authors and do not necessarily reflect the official position o the Inter-American Development Bank.

Cataloging-in-Publication data provided by theInter-American Development BankFelipe Herrera Library 

From ew to many: ten years o health insurance expansion in Colombia/ Amanda L. Glassman … [et al.], editors.

  p. cm.  Includes bibliographical reerences.  ISBN: 978-1-59782-073-8

1. Health insurance—Colombia—Case studies. 2. Health care reorm—Colombia. 3. Medical policy—Colombia. 4. National health services—

Colombia. 5. Public health—Colombia. I. Glassman, Amanda L.II. Inter-American Development Bank. III. Brookings Institution.

RA412.5.C6 F76 2009368.382 F9252--dc22 LCCN: 2009930145

Page 5: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 5/199

Contents

Preace   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v 

List o Abbreviations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii

Chapter 1 Colombia: Afer a Decade o Health System Reorm  1

Background and Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

A Decade o Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Chapter 2 Institutions, Spending, Programs, and

Public Health   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Program Case Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Chapter 3 Te Impact o Subsidized Health Insurance on

Health Status and on Access to and Use o Health Services  47

Background and Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Results. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

C o n c l u s i o n s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1

Chapter 4 Public Hospitals and Health Care Reorm   . . . . 75

Hospital Services beore the Reorms o 1993 . . . . . . . 76

First Phase o the Reorm: 1993–2002 . . . . . . . . . . 80

Reorganization, Modernization, and Redesign o the

Public Hospital Networks: 2002 to Date . . . . . . . . 88

Conclusions and Lessons or Other Countries . . . . . . . 95

Page 6: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 6/199

iv  CONTENTS

Chapter 5 Financial Protection o Health Insurance  . . . . 103

Te Colombian Health System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Previous Research on Catastrophic and Impoverishing

Health Expenditures in Colombia . . . . . . . . . . 105

Conceptual Framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Data and Methodology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Descriptive Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Impact o Health Insurance on Financial Protection . . . . 136

Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Chapter 6 en Years o Health System Reorm:

Health Care Financing Lessons rom Colombia   . . . . . 157

Beore the Reorms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Health Reorms o 1993 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Results o the Reorms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Page 7: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 7/199

Page 8: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 8/199

Tis book is dedicated to the memory of Dr. Juan Luis

Londoño, the visionary policymaker who set the Colombia

reform in motion.

Page 9: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 9/199

List of Abbreviations

AIDS acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

BCG Bacillus Calmette-Guérin

CASEN Encuesta de Caracterización Socioeconómica

Nacional

DANE Departamento Administrativo Nacional de

Estadística (National Administrative Statistics

Department)

DHS Demographic and Health Survey 

DOS directly observed treatment short-courseDP diphtheria, pertussis, tetanus

ECLAC Economic Commission or Latin America and

the Caribbean (Comisión Económica para

América Latina y el Caribe)

EPS Entidades Promotoras de Salud (Health

Promotion Entities)

FEDESARROLLO Fundación para la Educación Superior y el

Desarrollo (Foundation or Higher Educationand Development )

FOSYGA Fondo de Solidaridad y Garantía (Solidarity

and Guarantee Fund)

GDP gross domestic product

HIV human immunodeficiency virus

LSMS Living Standards Measurement Survey 

MDD matched double difference

MPS Ministerio de la Protección Social (Ministry oSocial Protection)

NMCP National Malaria Control Program

Page 10: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 10/199

LIST  OF ABBREVIATIONS viii

OECD Organisation or Economic Co-operation and

Development

PAB Plan de Atención Básica (Basic Services Plan),

now the Plan Básico de Salud

PAHO Pan American Health Organization

PBS Plan Básico de Salud (Basic Services Plan)

POS Plan Obligatorio de Salud (Compulsory Health

Plan)

PSM propensity score matching

RDA regression discontinuity approachSGSSS Sistema General de Seguridad Social en Salud

(General System o Social Security in Health)

SISBEN Sistema de Identificación de Beneficiarios

(Beneficiary Identification System)

SNS Sistema Nacional de Salud (National Health

System)

UNFPA United Nations Fund or Population Activities

WHO World Health Organization

Page 11: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 11/199

CHAPTER 1

Colombia: After a Decade

of Health System Reform María-Luisa Escobar, Ursula Giedion, Antonio Giuffrida, and Amanda L. Glassman

Background and Context

Colombia is a middle-income country with an estimated 2005 popu-

lation o 43 million (Departamento Administrativo Nacional de Es-

tadística/National Administrative Statistics Department, 2007). Over

the past three decades, the Colombian population has experienced the

demographic and epidemiological changes that characterize societies

in transition: a rapid decline in the total ertility rate (rom 3.24 chil-

dren per woman in 1985 to 2.48 in 2005), a significant increase in lie

expectancy (rom 71.5 to 76.3 years or women and rom 64.7 to 69years or men, over the 1985 to 2005 period), and rapid urbanization

(74.3 percent o the population lived in urban centers in 2005, compared

with 67 percent in 1985).

Hal the population is identified as poor and inequality is wide-

spread. Colombia, like other developing nations, is highly vulnerable

to external and internal shocks that affect the income o the poor and

their capacity to purchase needed health care services. Prior to 1993,

only a quarter o Colombians had health insurance and more thanhal o total spending on health was out o pocket. Economic barriers

were requently cited as obstacles to care-seeking by the poor: nearly

60 percent o those who reported an illness requiring a visit to a health

Page 12: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 12/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN2

acility in 1993 did not use these services because o costs associated

with care-seeking.

Colombia introduced mandatory social health insurance with

the approval o an ambitious health care reorm package in 1993. Oc-

curring in the midst o decentralization and other state modernization

reorms, the health reorm was intended to increase burden-sharing

o health risks and financing to improve access to care and provide

financial protection to those beyond the ormally employed. Te reorm

introduced competition into both insurance and the provision o care

through a managed-care model.As o 2008, more than 85 percent o the population is insured and

access to and use o health care has increased significantly or the poor.

Financial protection has also improved dramatically, as has spending

on public health.

Yet despite its novelty and promising results, the Colombian re-

orm remains little studied or discussed internationally. Much o the

extensive and high-quality literature produced in the country is not

easily available to the rest o the world; perhaps this is one o the reasonslittle is known o the impact and challenges o Colombia’s introduction

and implementation o health care reorm.

Te experience offers an opportunity to understand the challenges,

benefits, and pitalls o introducing health system eatures like active

purchasing, risk adjustment, insurance, and benefits packages—more

common to wealthy countries—into a more resource- and capacity-

constrained environment. Tis book aims to make recent research

results public and to trigger an evidence-based discussion o this com-

prehensive reorm, both nationally and internationally.

The Health Care System before 1993

Prior to the changes introduced by the health care and financial decen-

tralization reorms in 1993, access to and use o health care was low.

Te poor were vulnerable to impoverishing spending as a consequenceo illness (Giedion, López, and Riveros, 2005). Te health care system

in Colombia was characterized by atomized risk pools, low efficiency,

ailure o public subsidies to reach the poor, large out-o-pocket expen-

ditures, and significant inequality.

Page 13: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 13/199

3COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

Tese actors disproportionately affected the poor: more than

hal o the bottom income quintile was unable to obtain care when

they needed it because they could not afford it. One-quarter o the total

population had no access to effective health care because o inadequacies

in health care inrastructure, human resources, medicine, and medical

goods (Barón, 2007). Although public acilities were intended to be ree

and were meant to cover the poor and uninsured, only 20 percent o

individuals admitted to public hospitals were rom the poorest income

quintile and 91 percent o the poorest hospitalized patients incurred

out-o-pocket expenses. Public subsidies benefited patients who werebetter off: almost 60 percent o admittances to public hospitals were o

middle- or high-income individuals rom the ourth and fifh income

quintiles, but only 69 percent o the wealthiest hospitalized patients

paid out-o-pocket expenses (Molina et al. 1993).

Te pre-reorm National Health System comprised three inde-

pendent sub-sectors: the official or public sector (government-owned

acilities), the social security sector or ormally employed people, and the

private sector, used by both the insured and the uninsured. More than40 percent o all health interventions and hospitalizations were provided

through the private sector (Departamento Administrativo Nacional de

Estadística, 1992). Te system relied on general tax revenue, payroll

contributions, and out-o-pocket expenditures, with no pooling o the

three sources o financing. Not only was government spending beore

the reorm low, but there was also no effective targeting mechanism

or public subsidies. Colombia spent 1.4 percent o its gross domestic

product (GDP) on health care (Molina et al., 1993) in 1993, though

Mexico, Chile, Venezuela, Brazil, and Argentina were already spending

a larger percentage o their GDP on health five years earlier.

Public health financing was unneled to finance public hospitals,

primary care acilities, public health programs, disease surveillance

activities, and the administrative expenses o the central and decen-

tralized Ministry o Health offices based on their historical budgets,

without relationship to the level o services provided, the population’shealth needs, or health outcomes. Beyond the centralized public health

programs, there was no separate allocation o resources or disease

prevention, health promotion, or community health activities. Te

public hospital network was composed o institutions o varied levels

Page 14: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 14/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN4

o quality and efficiency but all with expensive labor costs stemming

rom a highly unionized workorce. Te concurrent implementation o

decentralization gave ownership o public acilities to local governments,

which received National reasury transers to finance their histori-

cal budgets. Tere were ew incentives or public hospitals to become

more efficient, improve the quality o care, or adjust their portolios o

services according to population needs. In act, many public hospitals

were ofen in financial crisis by mid-year and relied on government

bailouts to survive.

People who were ormally employed contributed with payrolltaxes to social security institutions that provided health coverage to

the enrolled population through their vertically integrated networks

o acilities and health care providers. Social security beneficiaries

represented around one-quarter o the Colombian population. Per

capita health spending in the social security sector was several times

higher than that or the rest o the population relying on the services

o the Ministry o Health. In addition, a large private sector provided

insurance products and health care to the population; insurance didnot generally cover dependents.

The Reforms of 1993

Law 100 o 1993 set up the legal ramework o the new Colombian health

care system and adopted the “structured pluralism” model (Londoño

and Frenk, 1997). Te reorm unified the social security, public, and

private sub-systems under the General System o Social Security in

Health (known by its Spanish acronym, SGSSS). Te reorm also reor-

ganized the system around unctions and responsibilities rather than

population groups.

he 1993 health reorm created mandatory universal health

insurance to improve the equity and perormance o public spending

on health. Financed through a combination o payroll contributions

and general taxation, this comprehensive national social insurancescheme included a contributory regime or those able to pay and a

ully subsidized scheme or the poor. Beneficiaries enroll with public or

private insurers (health unds), have legal rights to an explicit package

o health benefits, and receive care rom a mix o public and private

Page 15: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 15/199

5COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

providers. Te reorm introduced a national equalization und, the

Fondo de Solidaridad y Garantía (FOSYGA; Solidarity and Guarantee

Fund) , to provide cross-subsidies between wealthy and poor, sick and

healthy, old and young, and financing to stabilize health financing

during economic crises.

Both ormally employed and independent workers earning more

than a pre-determined minimum income must enroll in the contributory

health insurance regime and contribute 12.5 percent o their income

(12 percent, beore January 2008). Funds are collected by the enrollee’s

insurer o choice and then go to the national equalization und. Poorand indigent people, who are identified as such through the Sistema

de Identificación de Beneficiarios (SISBEN; Beneficiary Identification

System), a proxy means test, do not make any insurance contributions

and are covered under the subsidized health insurance regime.

Insured individuals in both the contributory and subsidized re-

gimes choose their insurer, choose care providers within the insurer’s

network, and receive a health benefits package purchased by insurers

rom public and private providers through contracts. All participantsin the contributory regime can enroll their dependents as a amily unit.

Te benefits plan or the contributory regime is generous and covers

all levels o care. Te package had a premium equivalent to US$207

annually in 2007. Primary care, some inpatient care, and emergency

care are now covered under the subsidized regime and have a premium

equivalent to US$117. Tis coverage is complemented by inpatient

care at level 3 public hospitals. According to the law, the supply-side

subsidies should gradually transorm into demand-side subsidies as

insurance coverage expands, eventually leading to universal coverage

with a uniorm package or everyone. Residents still uninsured are able

to use public acilities to receive preventive and public health services

and emergency care.

Regardless o insurance status, all citizens are eligible to receive

the benefits o the public health intervention package, the Plan Básico

de Salud (PBS or Basic Services Plan; called the Plan de Atención Básicauntil 2008). Municipalities provide health promotion and disease

prevention services included in the PBS. Financing or public health is

separate rom other health care unding.

Page 16: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 16/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN6

Te reorms mandated that public hospitals would make the

transition rom being state care providers financed through supply-side

subsidies based on their historical budgets, to being state enterprises

with autonomous governance structures remunerated or the services

provided. Private health care providers were to compete with public

providers or the provision o the mandatory benefit plan on the basis o

quality and were to negotiate contracts with insurers. Te challenges were

many and the pressure or modernization in the public hospital network

was great with the changes introduced to the provision o care.

A Decade of Change

The Political Economy 

Te government administration changed with the presidential elections

in mid-1994, seven months afer Law 100 was approved. Although rom

the same political party as the previous government, the new team was

not completely aligned with the principles o the reorm. Approval okey by-laws and regulations required or implementation o the law

were delayed and the reorm process lost momentum. Despite these

difficulties, however, the contributory regime attracted new insurers

that entered the system to extend insurance coverage. Regulations or

insurers or the subsidized regime were ormally introduced at the end

o 1995 to launch the implementation o that scheme. Political difficul-

ties and necessary negotiations with local governments ollowed; the

subsidized regime was not launched until almost two years later.

Between 1991 and 1994, Colombia experienced important eco-

nomic growth, ollowed by a dramatic reverse that led to a recession in

1998–99 (with record negative growth o −4.3 percent in GDP in 1999).

A mild economic recovery ollowed in 2000–01, with GDP growing in

those years by 2.8 and 2.4 percent, respectively. Official unemployment

figures rose rom 8.7 percent in 1995 to 20.2 percent in 2000, however

(representing the highest unemployment rates in the past 20 years),and in 2000, inormal employment represented 54.9 percent o total

employment. Te recession occurred in the context o an intensifica-

tion o the internal armed conflict, which displaced about 580,000

people between 1998 and 2001. Te rural population was the most

Page 17: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 17/199

7COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

severely affected: 82 percent o displaced individuals came to cities

rom rural areas.

Te health care reorms had been only partially implemented by

2001 and the SGSSS was undergoing a severe and generalized financial

crisis. Universal insurance coverage was still ar rom being achieved

in 2001, with only 58 percent o the population insured, and the trans-

ormation o hospital financing had affected only 50 percent o hospital

revenue. Conusion about the decentralized roles o local authorities in

public health, combined with shortages in the allocation o resources

or vaccination programs, negatively affected immunization rates.Tat situation orced the government to consider two alterna-

tives. One was to return to the supply-side subsidies, with public-sector

budgets controlled by the central government—and in particular the

National reasury—but at the expense o the subsidized regime and

the health care system’s reorm (Gaviria, Medina, and Mejía, 2006).

Alternatively, the government could correct the external conditions

affecting the delivery o care and strengthen the health sector reorm

process. Te government adopted the latter approach and the admin-istration committed to accelerating the expansion o subsidized health

insurance or the poor; developing a program to support the redesign,

reorganization, and modernization o public hospitals and to ensure

their financial sustainability; and strengthening the national immu-

nization program.

Te implementation o this vision began in 2002. Te previous

labor and health ministries were merged. Te new Ministry o Social

Protection became responsible or pensions, health insurance, public

health programs, and all other social assistance programs. A quality

assurance system was designed, with the introduction o a licensing and

accreditation process or public and private health care acilities and

providers. An aggressive hospital restructuring program was negotiated

with local governments and the Ministry o Finance.

Measuring Results

o objectively measure the impact o social policy change in the devel-

oping world, it is necessary to analyze progress in light o the original

pre-reorm conditions, not only with respect to the degree o achieve-

Page 18: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 18/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN8

ment o ambitious reorm goals. Given that reorms are processes

evolving over time and within societies in states o continuous change,

it seems sensible to first understand the complexities o transormation

in order to objectively assess any change, even when it seems small and

incomplete by international standards.

Breaking apart the traditional social security schemes or the

ormally employed and transorming them into regular, competing

insurers was a political and institutional task impossible to imagine

beore 1993. In act, most—i not all—countries in Latin America with

health care systems similar to that o pre-reorm Colombia still havesegmented health care systems with significant inequality in health

financing, no explicit benefits packages, and no contracting o a mix

o public and private providers. Establishing a unctional equalization

und to transorm income contributions into risk-adjusted capitated

payments to insurers was a test or those financial agencies to be

contracted through public bidding to manage the und’s finances.

Te complexity o the equalization und—with our sub-unds (or

accounts in FOSYGA) to support such unctions as ull or partialinsurance premiums or more than 30 million people—requires

well-developed capital and financial markets accompanied by state-

o-the-art inormation systems.

Demonstrating and accepting that public subsidies did not reach

the poor, and introducing a proxy means test to better target govern-

ment subsidies to those most in need, was an immense challenge in

the early 1990s; it still is in many parts o the developing world. Te

introduction and use o the SISBEN in the health sector was a victory

or the Colombian poor and an important improvement or the allo-

cation o public resources to health. Te scheme was later adopted in

other sectors as well.

Governance mechanisms like the Consejo Nacional de Seguridad

Social (National Social Security Council)—with representatives rom

public and private insurers and care providers, the government, and

civil society having the power to make decisions on the unctioningo the health care system—are still unknown in many countries with

income levels similar to Colombia’s. Afer 1993, or the first time there

is a ormal regulatory structure, through which the Minister o Finance

and the Minister o Health sit at the same table to debate the techni-

Page 19: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 19/199

9COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

cal and financial aspects o the health care system when negotiating

any decision affecting public finances. An open negotiating sphere in

which all special interest groups are represented is commoner to more

egalitarian societies with well-established democracy than to a low- to

middle-income country with a 40-year history o internal armed conflict.

Te risk o capture was important and the technical requirements or it

to unction as envisioned were great. en years o implementation have

taught important lessons both or Colombia and or other countries

that ace similar challenges.

Te five papers brought together in this volume examine Colom-bia’s health system reorms and their impact afer more than a decade o

implementation. Te book presents discussion in areas such as financing,

hospital reorm, insurance impact, regulation, and public health. Each

paper analyzes the reorm rom a different perspective, although all are

naturally inter-related, given the structure o the system and the way

it unctions. Te analysis discussed here reers to the period between

1993 and 2003; it was carried out with the inormation available beore

the most recently released National Health Survey o 2007–08 and theapproval o Health Law 1122 in 2007.

Examination of the Reform Experience

Chapter 2, by Amanda L. Glassman, Diana M. Pinto, Leslie F. Stone,

and Juan Gonzalo López, seeks to improve the quality o the policy

debate on public health in Colombia by examining the evolution o

public health institutions, spending, and programs—and the effective-

ness o these—over the past 30 years. Te chapter uses the vaccination,

tuberculosis, and malaria prevention and control programs as case

studies. Te authors find that public health conditions have improved

substantially in Colombia over the past decade. Equity in access to public

health services has increased over time, but remains a problem or the

 very poor and or ethnic minorities and displaced people. Spending

on public health has increased, and earmarked financing protects it inthe aggregate. A severe recession in the late 1990s negatively affected

the availability o non-earmarked financing or public health, however,

which led to drops in health coverage during this period. Insurance has

proven a useul tool to increase coverage rates or some interventions,

Page 20: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 20/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN10

although available data and analyses provide a conusing picture o

coverage and impact trends in tuberculosis and malaria.

Decentralization reorms have complicated the public health

panorama, particularly rom the perspective o vulnerable populations,

leading to suboptimal implementation o programs and, perhaps, out-

comes. Te use o insurance and contracting to achieve public health

goals is o interest worldwide, and the Colombia case shows that the

devil is in the details o underlying governance, data, and evidence

necessary to develop and implement effective policy.

Chapter 3, by Ursula Giedion, Beatriz Yadira Díaz, EduardoAndrés Alonso, and William D. Savedoff, examines the impact o

health insurance by applying a series o different quasi-experimental

design techniques, including regression discontinuity, propensity score

matching, and matched double difference when comparing differences

between insured and uninsured people. Te chapter discusses the effect

o subsidized insurance on equity, access to care, utilization o services,

and financial protection o households.

Although insurance coverage increased across all income groupsafer 1993, the improvement has been particularly pronounced among

the poorest individuals and in the least-developed regions. Empirical

evidence indicates that beore the reorms, the poorest segment o the

population had almost no financial protection when acing illness,

since only a small portion o costs were covered by health insurance.

Meanwhile, 6 o every 10 o the wealthiest individuals were protected

by insurance. A decade later, the gap between the rich and the poor has

been reduced considerably. Insurance coverage in the lowest income

group has increased to 18 times what it was in 1993, whereas coverage

among the highest income group increased only 1.4 times. Analysis with

our methodologies consistently indicates that the subsidized health

insurance scheme has considerably improved access to and utilization o

health services, especially among rural and poor Colombians. Insured

people o all ages are much more likely than their uninsured peers to

receive care when they need it. Analysis results show that insuranceis quite important or rural and poor children because it increases the

likelihood o prenatal care, o attendance by a qualified care provider

at birth, o receiving care when ill, and o a completed immunization

scheme.

Page 21: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 21/199

11COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

Chapter 4, by eresa M. ono, Enriqueta Cueto, Antonio Giu-

rida, Carlos H. Arango, and Alvaro López, presents evidence and

discussion o the transormation o the public hospital network and

o the achievements, ailures, difficulties, and challenges the health

care system still aces. Although the reorm laws gave public hospitals

the legal ramework to become more autonomous entities, hospitals

had no precedent or operating in a competitive environment, and

had high labor costs and ew managerial skills. Te latter problems

were great challenges or public hospitals to overcome on their own.

In response, a modernization project tailored to the shortcomings oeach individual hospital was set in place to improve both the capacity

o public hospitals to participate in the health services delivery market,

and their productivity and the quality o services they offered. By 2006,

179 public hospitals had already participated in this ongoing process,

some with good results.

Te hospital modernization experience shows that public hospitals

were not able to modernize on their own, even though an appropriate

legal ramework was in place. Maintaining strong political will overtime is necessary or successul transormation o public acilities.

Skillul negotiation with decentralized governments has also been

necessary to provide appropriate incentives to develop a lasting pro-

cess o transormation. An appropriate allocation o resources is also

required, making reshaping o the public hospital network costly and

slow. Te results presented here suggest that legislation, along with

hospital network modernization and labor restructuring programs,

improves the efficiency and quality o the hospitals: participating pub-

lic hospitals have decreased their deficits and improved their market

participation.

Chapter 5, by Carmen Elisa Flórez, Ursula Giedion, Renata Pardo,

and Eduardo Andrés Alonso, analyzes the impact o the reorms on

financial protection o health insurance. Tis chapter discusses the

methodological challenges o measuring financial protection and the

sensitivity o results to the method used. Results show that the reormsprovide substantial financial protection rom catastrophic expenditure

and impoverishment, benefiting all insured people in both the subsidized

and contributory regimes, particularly sel-employed and inormally

employed workers.

Page 22: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 22/199

ESCOBAR, GIEDION, GIUFFRIDA, AND GLASSMAN12

Finally, Chapter 6, by María-Luisa Escobar, Ursula Giedion, Olga

Lucía Acosta, Ramón Castaño, Diana M. Pinto, and Fernando Ruiz

Gómez, presents evidence o the impact o the reorms on the level,

composition, distribution, and equity o health care financing. Te

chapter also examines threats to the reorm’s financial sustainability.

Te health care system is still financed by both general tax revenue and

payroll contributions; however, its financial structure and the mechanics

o resource flows were changed to improve equity, to extend insurance

coverage to all—the poor in particular—and to improve efficiency o

public spending.Te composition o financing in Colombia is now similar to that o

countries that are part o the Organisation or Economic Co-operation

and Development (OECD); public spending, including social security,

accounts or more than 80 percent o total health spending, while out-

o-pocket spending is among the lowest in the world. Results support

the idea that the reorms make government subsidies or health the best-

targeted public subsidy in the country. Te subsidies have also had an

important redistributive impact. Despite these major accomplishments,the system aces important challenges beore it can achieve financially

sustainable universal coverage.

Despite these encouraging results, there is still much to do and

to improve. A decade afer the reorm, 15 percent o the population

remains uninsured; benefit plans under the contributory regime and

the subsidized regime still differ. Tere are deficiencies in the quality

o care and not all public hospitals are modernized. Te stewardship

unction needs to be strengthened; the financial sustainability o the

system is continually at risk. Nevertheless, the health care system in

Colombia experienced drastic changes that have benefited the health

o the country’s population.

Page 23: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 23/199

13COLOMBIA: AFTER  A DECADE OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM

References

Barón, G., ed. 2007. Cuentas de salud de Colombia 1993–2003. El gastode salud y su financiamiento. Bogotá: Ministerio de la Protección

Social.

Departamento Administrativo Nacional de Estadística. 1992. Encuesta

Nacional de Hogares [National Household Survey]. Bogotá:

DANE.

———. 2007. Proyecciones nacionales y departamentales de población

2006–2020. Bogotá: DANE.

Gaviria, A., C. Medina, and C. Mejía. 2006. Evaluating the Impact of

Health Care Reform in Colombia: From Teory to Practice. Center

or Economic and Development Studies Document No. 6. Bogotá:

Universidad de los Andes.

Giedion, U., A. López, and H. Riveros. 2005. Opciones para la trans-

 formación de subsidios de oferta a demanda. Washington: Inter-

American Development Bank.

Londoño J.L., and J. Frenk. 1997. Structured Pluralism: owards anInnovative Model or Health System Reorm in Latin America.

Health Policy  41:1–36.

Molina, C.G., M.C. Rueda, M. Alviar, et al . 1993. Estudio de incidencia

del gasto público social: el gasto público en salud y distribución de

subsidios en Colombia. Bogotá: World Bank, FEDESARROLLO.

Page 24: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 24/199

Page 25: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 25/199

CHAPTER 2

Institutions, Spending,

Programs, and Public Health

 Amanda L. Glassman, Diana M. Pinto,Leslie F. Stone, and Juan Gonzalo López 

D

uring a decade o health insurance and decentralization reorms,

and despite a proound economic recession in the late 1990s and anongoing internal armed conflict that has waxed and waned, aver-

age indicators o health and well-being have improved substantially in

Colombia (able 2.1). For example, the inant mortality rate in 2005 was

lower than that in Brazil (28 per 1,000) and Mexico (22 per 1,000), two

comparable middle-income countries in the region (WHO, 2007).

Yet nowhere have Colombia’s reorms been as controversial as in

their impact on public health. Much o the literature reaches conclusions

about the impact o the insurance and decentralization reorms based onlimited data and inappropriate methods o analysis. An article examin-

ing the evolution o vaccination coverage in the late 1990s, published by

the Pan American Health Organization (PAHO), or example, concludes

that “[p]ublic health programs in Colombia have deteriorated…. Health

systems based on regulated competition are not the most suitable ones or

Latin America” (Homedes and Ugalde, 2005). In a news item published

by the British Medical Journal  in 1997, the correspondent concludes that

the health status in Bogotá is worsening owing to the reorms, which

have orced physicians to work longer hours (Richards, 1997).

Tis chapter seeks to improve the quality o the policy debate on

public health in Colombia by examining the evolution o public health

Page 26: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 26/199

16 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

institutions, spending, and programs—and their effectiveness—over the

past 30 years. Vaccination, tuberculosis, and malaria prevention and

control programs are used as case studies. It is hoped that this synthe-

sis and discussion o the evidence, developed using available data and

literature, will be relevant both inside and outside Colombia, as other

countries grapple with similar policy issues worldwide.

Te chapter will first provide background on the health and de-centralization reorms and their impact on financing and spending or

public health, as well as trends in the burden o disease and mortality

statistics. Tis background sets the stage or the examination o the

three program case studies, ollowed by a discussion.

Background

Health Reforms

Prior to 1985, public health interventions—defined as maternal and

child care, and control o epidemics, and later including immuniza-

TABLE 2.1 Public Health and Living Standards Before and After the

1993 Reforms

Indicator ca. 1990 ca. 2006

Public spending on public health, excluding donor funding and

supply subsidies (billions of 2004 Colombian pesos)

No data 1,417,000

Public spending on public health (percentage of GDP) No data 0.41

Unmet basic needs, such as clean water, sewage, etc. (percentage

of total population with at least one basic need unmet)

35.8 27.6

Life expectancy at birth (years) 68.3 72.8

Infant mortality rate (per 1,000 live births) 26.3 17.2

Under-5 mortality rate (per 1,000 population) 34.7 21.4

Births attended by professionals (percentage of total births) 81.8 96.4

Measles, mumps, and rubella immunization (percentage of

children aged 12–23 months)

82.0 89.0

Sources: Spending: authors’ analysis based on Ministry of Social Protection data; basic needs and life expectancy:

National Administrative Statistics Department (www.dane.gov.co, accessed June 30, 2007); remainder: Demographic

Health Survey 2005; Profamilia and Macro International (2006).

Page 27: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 27/199

17INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

tion and control o tuberculosis, leprosy, malaria, and sexually trans-

mitted diseases—were financed as an indistinguishable part o the

then–Ministry o Health budget and were organized as centralized

programs. Seventy-two percent o health care financing was spent

on curative care services that disproportionately benefited relatively

well-off patients (analysis based on National Health Accounts data

produced by the National Planning Department). Public financing or

public health programs such as immunization and amily planning

was complemented by international donors such as the United States

Agency or International Development (USAID), the United NationsFund or Population Activities (UNFPA), the World Health Organization

(WHO), and PAHO (ono et al., 2002), although the exact amounts o

these contributions are impossible to quantiy retrospectively. Public

health interventions were also provided by the Social Security Institute,

a social insurance scheme or ormally employed workers (but exclud-

ing their dependents), financed by a payroll tax. Facilities owned by

the institute provided these services.

Afer 1993, motivated by the poor perormance o the healthsystem and the high levels o out-o-pocket spending on health care,

the financing and care provision arrangements governing public health

were substantially changed. National health insurance covering or-

mally employed workers and their amilies, and progressively larger

numbers o the poor, was introduced with Law 100 o 1993. Te insur-

ance scheme—intended to be universal eventually—was made up o a

contributory regime o ormal sector workers and their amilies, and a

ully subsidized regime directed to the poor. (Legislation affecting public

health is embodied in the original reorm law—Law 100 o 1993—as

well as in the law governing decentralization—Law 60 o 1993—and

subsequently in Law 715 o 2001, which attempted to clariy public

health unctions and responsibilities at each level o government.)

Te law distinguished between a package o health interventions

or individuals, known as the Plan Obligatorio de Salud (POS; Compul-

sory Health Plan), to be financed and purchased by private and publicinsurers, and a package o public health interventions, known as the

Plan Básico de Salud (PBS; Basic Services Plan). Called the Plan de Aten-

ción Básica until 2008, the PBS was to be financed by a mix o public

resources, and resources purchased and/or provided by sub-national

Page 28: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 28/199

18 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

(departmental and municipal) governments. National health insurance

or the poor—the subsidized regime—is financed by contributors to the

ormal sector contributory regime, as well as by general revenues and

other earmarked taxes (see Chapter 6). Tus, insurance or the poor is

also financed by public monies. In 2001, a law governing responsibili-

ties at different levels o government required that departmental health

directorates contract out or PBS activities. However, a later circular

(No. 0018 o 2004) rom the Ministry o Social Protection required

that departments or municipalities contract preerentially with public

providers: “…i quality conditions are equal, it will be preerable tocontract with public rather than private providers.”

Insurance-financed interventions are conceptually categorized

as those interventions with benefits that accrue mostly to individuals,

while PBS interventions are those with benefits that are collective or

display high externalities. Insurance-financed interventions reach the

insured person, while PBS interventions are intended to be universal.

In addition to the PBS, sub-national governments are required to pro-

 vide laboratory services and individual services or uninsured peopleduring the transition to universal coverage. Tis supply-side subsidy

or the uninsured has been ill-defined and lef to the discretion o each

municipality, however; many municipalities simply transerred the

unds to public hospitals. Studies have ound lower rates o utilization

and coverage o key interventions among uninsured patients, suggest-

ing that subsidies channeled to public hospitals or this purpose are

not being optimally used (see Chapter 4).

Both sets o interventions, along with protocols and standards

o care as o 2000, were explicitly established in laws, norms, and

guidelines, thus creating a financing and expenditure benchmark

or public health and a legal entitlement or the respective target

populations.1  able 2.2 describes the interventions, target popula-

tions, and financing sources or public health in Colombia in 2006.

Some overlap in the content o packages exists, particularly in chronic

disease control.

1 Colombia’s Constitution o 1991 allows easy access to the court system; Colombians are able

to, and requently do, contest health access problems. See Chapter 6.

Page 29: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 29/199

19INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

TABLE 2.2  Public Health Service Packages, Target Populations,

and Financing Sources

Package name and content

Target

population

Financing sources

and amount

Basic Services Plan

• Law 100/1993 and Resolution

4288/1996: Public information;

education; health promotion; control

of tobacco, alcohol, and drug abuse;

nutritional supplementation; family

planning; deparasitization; vectorcontrol; environmental, food, and

animal safety; national campaigns

for prevention, early diagnosis, and

control of contagious diseases such

as HIV/AIDS, sexually transmitted

diseases, tuberculosis, and leprosy,

and tropical diseases such as malaria

• Circulars 018 and 002/2004: Priority

chronic disease risk-factor screening

Universal

(see

coverage

rates by

intervention,

in next

section)

• Source: National transfers

allocated to public health

• Amount: 10.4% of total

national transfers =

399 billion 2006 pesos

Compulsory Health Plan for the

Subsidized and Contributory Insurance

Regimes—public health content

• Resolution 3997/1996: Prevention of

diseases related to pregnancy,

birth, and puerperium; child growth

monitoring; child vision and hearing

disease prevention; acute respiratory

infection prevention; immunization;

drug addiction prevention; cancerand other chronic disease prevention

• Agreement 117/1998: Pregnancy,

birth, newborn, and low-birth-weight

interventions; integrated management

of childhood illnesses; preventive oral

care; priority chronic disease risk-

factor screening and some treatment

(hypertension, diabetes, obesity,

asthma)

Insured

people:

• Contributo-

ry regime:

15.9

million

• Subsidized

regime:

18.3

million• 70% total

population

Contributory regime:

• Source: Wage contributions

• Amount: Total resources

disbursed for premiuma =

5 trillion 2006 pesos.

Resources for promotion and

prevention sub-fund =

235 billion 2006 pesos.

Subsidized regime:

• Source: National transfers fordemand subsidies, Solidarity

and Guarantee Fund (FOSYGA),

sub-national resources

• Amount: Total resources

disbursed to cover subsidized 

regime premium =

3.8 trillion 2006 pesos. 4.01%

transferred to municipalities

for promotion and prevention =

157 billion 2006 pesosb

Source: National Planning Department.a Premium covers full benefits package for each regime. Insurers are expected to spend at least 10% of premium in

health promotion and disease preventive activities.b Transfer was eliminated by Law 1122 of 2007.

Page 30: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 30/199

20 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

2 Colombia is divided into 32 administrative units, or departments, which in turn are dividedinto municipalities, o which there are 1,098. Tere are also our capital districts corresponding

to major cities. Municipalities are governed by mayors and departments by governors, bothelected by popular vote. Although 70% o municipalities are rural and have ewer than 20,000

inhabitants, more than 60% o the population lives in the six largest, urban municipalities.3 Law 10/1990; Political Constitution, 1991; Law 60/1993 and Decree 1757/1994; Law

100/1993.4 Law 10/1990 Section 37; Law 60/1993 Sections 14 and 16; Decree 1770/1994.

Decentralization Reforms

In the mid-1980s, under pressure to democratize and decentralizegovernment, Colombia began to implement fiscal, political, and insti-

tutional decentralization reorms that sought to reassign government

unctions and responsibilities among the national, departmental, and

municipal levels.2 Under this decentralization ramework, the central

government’s role concentrates on policy design, regulation, and public

finance. Departmental governments assume regional planning, man-

agement, and finance responsibilities, and provide some services and

articulation o local and national levels. Municipal governments take

on policy implementation and public service provision.

From 1990 to 1993, legislative mandates introduced additional

sub-national unctions and responsibilities, and defined new sources

o financing or health service provision and their respective allocation

ormulas.3  Administrative procedures to certiy local governments

as “decentralized” were established. I met, these procedures shifed

authority, responsibility, and budgetary control o these resources todepartments and municipalities.4 Among these requirements was the

creation o local health directorates that would assume public health

responsibilities.

Health policy and decentralization reorms thus combined to

distribute public health responsibilities as shown in able 2.3.

Implementation o decentralization was heterogeneous in terms

o the depth to which territories carried out the processes required

to assume the public health unctions established in the law—andthe speed with which they did it. Tis problem has been attributed to

lack o clarity and precision in the laws concerning responsibilities at

the different levels o government, poor articulation between national

health sector policies and the new unctions that were to be assumed

Page 31: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 31/199

21INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

TABLE 2.3 Public Health Responsibility by Level of Government

Responsible entity

Public

health

function

Insurance

carriers

Municipal health

directorates

Departmental

health

directorate

Central

government

Individual/

family health

promotion

and disease

prevention;curative

care for

conditions of

public health

interest

Provision of

individual

services

to insured

patients

Provision of indi-

vidual services

for uninsured

patients (certified

municipalities)

Provision of

individual

services for

uninsured

patients(non-certified

municipalities)

Ministry of Health:

Purchase and

distribution of

medications for

tuberculosis, lep-rosy, leishmaniasis,

and malaria, and

supplies for public

health laboratory

diagnostic tests

Collective

health

promotion

and disease

prevention

actions

Pre-2006:

Purchase of

syringes for

vaccinat-

ing insured

patients

Provision of

collective care;

hiring vaccinators

and fumigators

Carrying out

complementary

municipal

activities

Ministry of

Social Protection:

Complementary

sub-national

activities;

acquisition and

distribution of

vaccines and

supplies for

implementation

of the Programa

Ampliado de

Inmunización and

vector controlPublic health

information

and

surveillance

— Data collection

and analysis

for conditions

of public health

interest; case

follow-up,

outreach, and

referral for

diagnosis and

treatment ofcontagious

diseases; control

of epidemics

— National Health

Institute: Planning,

development,

and articulation

of sub-national

surveillance

system; design

of standards;

and provision

of technicalassistance

Continued on next page

Page 32: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 32/199

22 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

TABLE 2.3 Public Health Responsibility (continued)

Responsible entity

Public

health

function

Insurance

carriers

Municipal health

directorates

Departmental

health

directorate

Central

government

Environmen-

tal risks

— Oversight of

water, food,

disease vectors,

and risk factors

for infectiousdiseases

Control of medi-

cations and

potentially toxic

chemicals

Food and Drug

Safety Agency

(INVIMA): Training,

assistance, and con-

trol of sub-nationalgovernments in

implementation

of norms and

procedures relating

to medications and

chemical substances

Community

participation

— Provision of infor-

mation on health

rights and respon-

sibilities, promotion

of community

participation

— —

Institutional

capacity

building

— — Provision

of technical

assistance,

supervision, and

evaluation of

municipal PBS

Provision

of technical

assistance;

supervision and

evaluation of sub-

national PBS

Research  — — — —

Stewardship,

planning, and

monitoring

 — Established

Consejo Territorial

de Salud

(Territorial Health

Council)

Development of

departmental

PBS

complementing

municipal

activities;

distribution of

resources for

public healthto non-certified

municipalities

Ministry of Social

Protection: Develop-

ment of national

policies and guide-

lines for PBS activi-

ties, inter-sectoral

activities; National

Health Supervisory

Agency: Inspectionand oversight of ef-

ficient use of public

health resources

Continued on next page

Page 33: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 33/199

23INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

by territories, differences in sub-national financial and administrative

capacity, fluctuations and lack o stability in available resources, and

lack o surveillance and control over sub-national perormance (Vargas

and Sarmiento, 1997; Sánchez, Yepes, and Cantor, 1998; Sánchez and

Yepes, 1999; Herrera and Cortez, 2000).Evaluations o departmental and municipal uptake o PBS in-

terventions have ocused on the number o municipalities taking on

and assigning staff to the implementation o the PBS, the requency

o supervisory and technical assistance visits, and the application

o norms and standards associated with the PBS and its contracting

(Grupo de Gestión Integral en Salud, 2005; Jaramillo, 1999; Unión

emporal, 2004). Over time, an increasing number o municipalities

have taken on the PBS and about hal directly executed und transers

or that use (prior to regulations in 2001 stipulating that there would

be no direct provision).

Contracting processes have worked well or most municipalities

but have been problematic or about one-third: 36 percent reported

difficulties, while a substantial portion did not ollow minimum stan-

dards or due process (no evaluation o timeliness or quality, requent

resort to direct contracting without competitive bids, no supervision, orcancellation or non-perormance) (Unión emporal CCRP-ASSALUD-

BDO, 2004). Some municipalities used unds or purposes not permit-

ted by legislation, such as or hiring personnel to work directly in the

municipality, and a large proportion contracted with public hospitals

TABLE 2.3 Public Health Responsibility (continued)

Responsible entity

Public

health

function

Insurance

carriers

Municipal health

directorates

Departmental

health

directorate

Central

government

Public health

laboratories

— — Provision of

public health

laboratory

services

National Health

Institute: Coordina-

tion, assistance,

and supervision of

national network ofpublic health labs

Source: Authors.

Page 34: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 34/199

24 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

or services such as environmental saety and disease vector control, in

spite o the limited expertise and poor track record o these entities in

this area (public hospitals are run by the municipality and were exten-

sively used or patronage during the 1995–2000 period; see Chapter 4).

Accounting problems and misuse o unds are also reported in some

cases (Grupo de Gestión Integral en Salud, 2003–05).

Epidemiological notification and management reporting systems

are sluggish. Although most eventually report, 92 percent o municipali-

ties did not comply with required reporting on time in 2003; a year later

the figure had decreased to a still-high 85 percent. Departments wereound to have been lax in their role o advising, monitoring, and enorce-

ment, although the participation o government and civil society in the

development o PBS action plans was high (Unión emporal, 2004).

Shortcomings observed have been attributed to high human

resources turnover rates, poor skill mix, poor-quality inormation

systems that generate incorrect or unreliable data, absence o effective

civil society oversight mechanisms, late and ineffective interventions by

controllers and auditors in response to complaints, and low populationawareness o rights and responsibilities in public health.

Governments have made efforts to align incentives better in

the system and to assess the impact on public health o the new ar-

rangements. Slow progress in meeting decentralization goals, and

an increasingly precarious fiscal situation at the sub-national level

prompted enactment o Law 715 in 2001. Tis law sought to correct the

weaknesses identified in previous policy. Law 715 reset the amount o

national fiscal resources or health and the parameters used or their

distribution, basing the latter on sub-national indicators o equity

and efficiency. Te law also redefined responsibilities to be more in

accordance with sub-national capacity. For example, less-developed

municipalities are no longer responsible or vector control and envi-

ronmental health. However, the law continues to permit decentralized

municipalities to maintain unctions and authority over resources

and service provision, as long as they meet perormance targets de-signed or this purpose. Te law also increases the department’s role

in articulation and oversight o public health activities carried out by

insurers and municipalities.

Page 35: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 35/199

25INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Vaccination rates are among the perormance targets established

under the new laws; their achievement is rewarded with a bonus payment

to municipalities. Tis system, however, while conceptually appeal-

ing as a pay-or-perormance mechanism, created unintended effects

through the use o official denominators rom the 1993 census. Given

extensive economic- and conflict-related migration afer 1993, the reli-

ability o municipal-level projections or disaggregated age groups (0–11

months, 12–24 months) across such a long period rapidly deteriorated,

thus greatly distorting denominators used to calculate official vaccina-

tion rates. A 2004 sample survey carried out to check administrativedata quality at the municipal level ound errors that consistently both

over- and under-reported vaccination perormance by large margins,

resulting in both undeserved rewards and perormance improvements

that went unrecognized.

For example, in Quibdó, the capital o Chocó, the national sta-

tistical agency grossly underestimated the growth in the population o

children under 1 year old (the denominator), thus resulting in an “offi-

cial” diphtheria/pertussis/tetanus (DP) vaccination rate o 111 percentor 2003. Results rom the 2004 sample survey showed a DP coverage

rate o 49 percent or this city. Conversely, in Valparaiso Antioquia,

as with many other small towns, the projections or the population o

children under age 1 were overestimated, resulting in an official DP

 vaccination rate o 63 percent, whereas the sample survey showed a

coverage rate o 93 percent.

Law 715 also introduced greater ragmentation o public health

activities aimed at individuals included in the subsidized regime benefits

package. It did this by shifing the provision o specific health promotion

activities, immunization, amily planning, and cervical cancer screening

to municipalities.5 Under this law, or example, a beneficiary enrolled

in the subsidized insurance regime would be sent to a municipally fi-

nanced care provider or a Pap smear. I an abnormal smear required

a confirmatory diagnostic test (colposcopy), the patient would have to

pay or the test out o pocket because that intervention was not coveredby the subsidized regime benefits package. I diagnosed with cancer,

5 Law 715/2001 Section 46; Agreement 229/2002.

Page 36: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 36/199

26 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

the patient would then return to the insurance-financed provider or

treatment, which is covered under the benefits package. Municipalities

had little incentive or screening and early diagnosis, since reimburse-

ments or treatment accrued to insurers. Te law has since changed

again, but continuity o care or some priority interventions or both

insured and uninsured populations remains problematic.

Financing and Spending 

Te main source o unding or health care beore 1993 was centralgovernment revenue allocated to the Ministry o Health or specific

programs or transerred to sub-national (departmental and municipal)

governments. At the sub-national level, sources o unding included lo-

cal taxes earmarked or health and other sources o revenue allocated

at the discretion o each sub-national government.

No data are available on the allocation o resources or public

health prior to 1993 because budgets were transerred in lump sums,

and expenditures on public health were made at the discretion o localhealth authorities. Between 1970 and 1990, the share o expenditures on

personal care increased rom 50 percent to 72 percent, while expendi-

tures on environmental interventions and inrastructure decreased rom

31 percent to 12 percent and rom 21 percent to 16 percent, respectively.6 

Although all these expenditure categories include interventions that

could be considered part o the public health armament, environmental

and inrastructure expenditures are likely to contain a larger share o

public health expenses. For example, the bulk o personal care ex-

penditures were distributed among hospital, medical, and dental care

(about 55, 27, and 5 percent o the total, respectively); the remainder

was allocated to interventions related to public health such as nursing,

health promotion, and immunization services.

6 Values obtained or 1970–90 data on allocation o total public expenditures on health or three

purposes: personal care (medical care and other services provided to individuals), environmentalinterventions (programs and interventions to reduce risk actors, such as aqueducts, sewagesystems, vector control campaigns, ood saety, etc.), and inrastructure; no other expenditures,

such as capacity building, construction, research, and health promotion activities or childrenand elderly people, are included (calculations based on data in Molina et al., 1994, and Vivaset al., 1988).

Page 37: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 37/199

27INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Te health and decentralization reorms not only increased re-

sources or public health but also earmarked them exclusively or this

purpose, either or collective interventions through PBS or or individual

services provided through the insurance benefits packages. Given the

stagnation in insurance coverage as a result o the recession, limited

discretionary unding was also provided by municipalities to finance

individual services or uninsured people, usually through transers to

public hospitals. In addition, a special sub-und or health promotion

and disease prevention activities or contributory regime enrollees

was created, equivalent to 0.41 percent o total revenue rom premiumcontributions.

Te growth and distribution o resources or public health, cat-

egorized by purpose, rom 1995 to 2004 are shown in Figure 2.1.

Public health resources underlying the calculations used in

Figure 2.1 include resources rom the national budget allocated to

the Ministry o Social Protection, national transers or public health

(Situado fiscal 1995–2002, Sistema General de Participaciones 2002–04),

a proportion o the contributive and subsidized premiums expected

FIGURE 2.1  Resources for Public Health by Purpose, 1995–2004

(2004 millions of pesos)

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

700,000

800,000

900,000

1,000,000

1,100,000

1,200,000

1,300,000

1,400,000

1,500,000

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

10%

25%

17%

35%

14%Ministry programs & INSIndividual services (POS-S)

Individual services (CR-subfund)Collective interventions (PAB)Individual services (POS-C)

Source: Authors’ calculations based on Ministry of Social Protection data.

INS = National Institute of Health; PBS = Basic Services Plan; POS-S = subsidized regime; POS-C and CR = contribu-

tory regime.

Page 38: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 38/199

28 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

7 As o January 2009.

to be assigned to health promotion and disease prevention activities

(10 percent), and the promotion and prevention contributory regime

sub-und revenue. No data were available on external donor unding

or supply subsidies or insured patients.

Resources available or public health increased by 30 percent be-

tween 1995 and 2004. otal resources or public health in 2006, exclud-

ing donor unds, could have totaled $Col 1.4 trillion (US$584,0007),

or 0.4 percent o the GDP. With respect to purposes, the shares o

total resources available or public health were distributed in the

ollowing way: Ministry o Social Protection programs, operationexpenses, and National Health Institute, 10 percent; PBS, 25 percent;

health promotion and preventive individual services included in the

contributive and subsidized benefits packages, 17 percent and 35 per-

cent, respectively; and other health services financed by the health

promotion and diseases prevention sub-und or the contributory

regime, 14 percent.

As o 2004, about one-third o resources were allocated to sub-

national governments or public health interventions included in thePBS. About 57 percent o total resources were potentially available or

individual public health activities provided by insurance, mostly or the

contributory regime, given the relative size o this program (Dirección

General de Salud Pública, 2004).

In summary, pre-reorm health spending concentrated on curative

care, and levels o financing or public health beore 1993 were low and

unpredictable. Since 1993, resources available or public health have

increased and minimum levels are guaranteed. A large proportion o

unds remain tied to individual interventions, however, and resources are

ragmented among different agencies and levels o government, which

complicates the flow, articulation, and accountability o unding.

Trends in the Burden of Disease

Te bulk o the demographic transition in Colombia occurred duringthe 1980s. During that decade, large drops in the ertility and mortality

Page 39: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 39/199

29INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

rates occurred. By 1990, the burden o disease was concentrated in non-

communicable disease. Afer the mortality drops observed in the 1980s,

the pace o the transition slowed. In the period covering the health and

decentralization reorms, these trends simply become more pronounced,

with the combined share o communicable, maternal, perinatal, and

nutritional conditions shrinking urther to 17.8 percent o total illnesses.

Te share o non-communicable diseases increased dramatically—rom

39 percent o the total burden to 52.1 percent in 2002.

Although a study o avoidable mortality ound a leveling out o the

rate beginning in 1991 (Gómez, 2005), it is difficult to attribute thesepatterns to the effects o the insurance or decentralization reorms. Such

plateaus are observed worldwide—the kinds o interventions required

to reduce inant mortality rom a rate such as 18.7 per 1,000 live births

require different investments than interventions used when the inant

mortality rate was 26 per 1,000 and higher.

Trends in Mortality 

Te inant mortality rate (the number o deaths at less than age 1 per

1,000 live births) is a commonly used measure o population health

and well-being, and is a gauge o inequalities in access to the public

health care system. Te inant mortality rate in Colombia decreased

rom 56.7 per 1,000 in 1975–80 to 18.7 per 1,000 in 2000–05 (Flórez,

2000; Proamilia, 2005).

Nonetheless, geographic and economic disparities persist. Not

surprisingly, inant mortality in Colombia is generally higher in rural

areas, in departments with lower levels o development, and among the

poor. Tis reality can be explained in part by determinants o morbidity,

including differences in access to health services, inrastructure, basic

services, housing quality, and education.

Urban–rural inequalities in inant mortality actually increased

between 1995 and 2000, but then decreased during the 2000–05 period.

In 2000, inant mortality in rural areas was about 50 percent greaterthan in urban areas. Tat difference had decreased to 30 percent by

2005, but the differential in 2005 remained higher than that o 1995.

Regional inequalities are also pronounced. In the Pacific region, or ex-

ample, where the country’s Aro-Colombian population is concentrated,

Page 40: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 40/199

30 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

inant mortality is 28 percent higher than it is in urban areas (Flórez

and Ruiz, 2006). In the past 10 years, inant mortality rates have allen

aster among the lowest-income quintile than in the richest, changing

rom 2.5 times higher among the poor to 2.2 times higher.

Disparities in inant mortality by health insurance status in

2005 show that mortality rates are highest among uninsured people,

slightly lower among enrollees in the subsidized regime, and much

lower among those enrolled in the contributory regime (Figure 2.2).

Tis differential has become more pronounced in recent years, given

the decrease in inant mortality among all insured people, while inantmortality among the uninsured has increased (rom 25.2 to 27.4 per

1,000 between 2000 and 2005).

It should be noted that over this same period, the percentage o

the population that was uninsured shrank—rom 46 to 33 percent o

the total population. Te differentials in inant mortality across the

 various health insurance status groups may be partly associated with

disparities in access to maternal-inant care according to insurance

status. Other actors, such as the impact o the internal armed conflicton children living in affected municipalities, also influence the inant

mortality rate (Box 2.1).

FIGURE 2.2  Infant Mortality Rates by Insurance Regime, 2000–05

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

2000 2005

    T    M    I    (    ‰    )

Contributory

Subsidized

Unaffiliated

Source: Flórez and Soto (2006).

Page 41: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 41/199

Page 42: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 42/199

32 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

 vaccines continued to be purchased or the entire country at the na-

tional level. Te national administration also set norms and policies

with respect to the program, and provided technical assistance and

limited supervision to sub-national governments. Departments were

responsible or supervision, technical assistance, surveillance, and

reporting, while municipalities assumed most o the operations o the

program, including ensuring that supplies reached providers, monitor-

ing and reporting on vaccination, and conducting campaigns. Insurers

were responsible or purchasing syringes and providing vaccinations

to insured residents.According to administrative data reported to the Pan American

Health Organization, vaccination rates or individual vaccines started at

around 16 percent o children under age 1 in 1980 and reached their apex

in 1996, with all vaccines in the Expanded Program o Immunization

being provided to approximately 95 percent o children under 5 years

old (López Casas, 2007). In 1998–99, there was a 15 percentage point

drop in vaccination rates, coinciding with the worst economic recession

in the country’s history, ollowed by a recovery rom 2000 to 2004.Although spending on PBS was protected by earmarked unding

during the recession, levels o vaccination over that period seem to be

directly related to the availability o non-earmarked national financing

or vaccine purchases (Figure 2.3). Central government unding or vac-

cine purchases is marginal—between US$25 million and US$35 million

per year, or less than one-quarter o one percent o the GDP. In the

context o a heavily earmarked total budget at the national level (experts

estimate that 85 percent o the national budget is earmarked or sala-

ries and pensions or civil servants), unds or vaccination represented

“flexible” spending, vulnerable to cuts as revenue dropped. Tese cuts

illustrate that in spite o the PBS and insurance earmarks, the marginal-

ity o the amount represented by vaccine purchases, Colombia’s status

as a middle-income country, and the ragmentation in the program’s

essential unctions resulted in a drop in vaccination rates during the

recession. Te shortage o the one essential input or the program— vaccines—also resulted in inefficiency in the use o PBS resources at

the sub-national level. However, the movement o vaccination rates

with vaccine purchases is positive, in that it shows that when inputs

are available, the system is able to deliver vaccinations.

Page 43: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 43/199

33INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

8 Reports only complete vaccination schemes recorded on vaccination cards seen by interviewers;as such, this is a conservative estimate. ORC Macro, 2007. Measure DHS StatCompiler: http:// www.measuredhs.com, June 27, 2007.

Vaccinating children on time is a major challenge. According

to population-based rates derived rom a series o demographic and

health surveys, complete age-appropriate vaccination or tuberculosis,

DP or equivalent, polio, and measles has declined over time. In 1990,

67.5 percent o children were ully vaccinated with an age-appropriate

scheme beore age 1; this number was 58.1 percent in 2005.8

Beyond the financing issues associated with the recession, problems

in the vaccination program are attributed to the ragmentation o itsunctions; other observers point to the negative impact o the internal

armed conflict on access to poor municipalities as an explanation or

low vaccination rates (Gómez, 2005). Others opine that the vaccina-

tion program has never been satisactory and depends on campaigns

(Restrepo rujillo, 2004) to make up or low coverage delivered through

routine channels.

Several authors, notably Ayala Cerna and Kroeger (2002), have

attempted to link the poor perormance o the vaccination program

FIGURE 2.3  Vaccination Coverage and Central Government Spending on

Immunization, 1998–2003

0

20

40

60

80

100   1.000

0.900

0.800

0.700

0.600

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

    E   x   p   e   n    d    i    t   u   r   e    (    b    i    l    l    i   o   n   s   o    f   p   e   s   o   s    )

    I   m   m   u   n    i   z   a    t    i   o   n   r   a    t   e    (   a   v   e   r   a   g   e    )

Expenditure (left scale)

 Average immunization rate (DPT, Polio, BCG,

Hep B, HiB and TV)

Source: Authors’ estimates based on Ministry of Social Protection data.

Page 44: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 44/199

34 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

to the introduction o insurance and managed competition. Tese

studies relied on trends beore and afer reorms to conclude that the

insurance reorm had a negative impact on vaccination rates. However,

in the only study that uses appropriate methods to establish causality,

Giedion et al . (see Chapter 3) used propensity score matching and a

quasi-panel o cross-sectional data covering a decade and ound that

the likelihood o complete vaccination is significantly higher or in-

sured children (6 percent). Tis trend is more pronounced among rural

residents (12 percent). Although vaccination is included in the PBS and

thus theoretically available to the entire population, this finding sug-gests that the greater use o health services resulting rom insurance is

increasing the likelihood o routine health care visits or children and

thus timely vaccination.

Beyond insurance status, socioeconomic status (measured by a

wealth index) and rural residence affect the equity o vaccination cover-

age in Colombia. Differentials in vaccination by socioeconomic status

worsened afer the recession; the wealthiest quintile had vaccination

rates 32 percent higher than the poorest quintile in 2000 and thesedifferences have been maintained over time (Flórez and Soto, 2006).

Given that vaccination is ree and universal, and that geographical

access to public care providers is nearly universal in Colombia, these

socioeconomic differentials in access may be explained by remaining

economic, socio-cultural, and inormational barriers to access, in-

cluding the cost o transportation, opportunity costs, and household

knowledge.

o respond to these inequities, in 2001 the Government o Colombia

implemented a conditional cash transer program intended to stimulate

demand or preventive health care. Te program now reaches over 700,000

extremely poor or displaced amilies. A quasi-experimental impact

evaluation, the results o which were published in 2005, ound that the

program has significantly increased the probability o adequate DP vac-

cination or children less than 24 months o age (Attanasio et al., 2005).

Malaria

Te Malaria Eradication Service was established in 1957 as a unit o the

ormer Ministry o Health. It was a centralized vertical program with

Page 45: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 45/199

35INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

its own budget and personnel. Under the new ramework created by

the health sector reorms, the unit was decentralized. Responsibilities

or vector control were delegated to departments, and diagnosis and

treatment o malaria to municipalities. In accordance with the Global

Malaria Control Strategy and the principles o the Roll Back Malaria

Partnership, the Ministry o Social Protection launched the National

Malaria Control Program (NMCP) in 1998. Te program includes:

1. improved diagnosis and treatment;

2. selective vector control, including use o insecticide-treatednets or mosquito-repellant chemicals;

3. mosquito breeding control and targeted indoor residual

spraying;

4. strengthening o public health surveillance, including ento-

mological and vector resistance surveillance; and

5. inter-sectoral and social participation (Korenromp et al.,

2005).

Currently, Colombia has one o the higher malaria incidences in

this region o the Americas, accounting or 10 to 20 percent o cases.

Te incidence o malaria has been increasing since the 1960s, although

there have been larger increments during the past decade, with a peak

in 1991 and another in 2002, as depicted in Figure 2.4.

FIGURE 2.4  Annual Malaria Parasite Index, 1960–2002

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

   1   9   6   0

   1   9   6   2

   1   9   6  4

   1   9   6   6

   1   9   6   8

   1   9   7   0

   1   9   7   2

   1   9   7  4

   1   9   7   6

   1   9   7   8

   1   9   8   0

   1   9   8   2

   1   9   8  4

   1   9   8   6

   1   9   8   8

   1   9   9   0

   1   9   9   2

   1   9   9  4

   1   9   9   6

   1   9   9   8

   2   0   0   0

   2   0   0   2

Source: Carrasquilla (2006), based on National Institute of Health data (2003).

Page 46: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 46/199

36 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

Te observed malaria trend in Colombia is likely related to sev-

eral actors, including climatic changes, increasing resistance to anti-

malarial medications, resistance o mosquito vectors to insecticides,

and internal migration due to the armed conflict (Carrasquilla, 2006).

Te majority o cases, however, are concentrated in municipalities lo-

cated in deprived areas, which are not covered by the NMCP because

o security concerns (Korenromp et al., 2005). It is also important to

note that afer the implementation o the NMCP in 1998 there has been

an improvement in disease registry, increasing diagnostic coverage by

almost 30 percent in areas with high transmission rates (DirecciónGeneral de Salud Pública, 2004).

Another hypothesis is that the institutional changes brought

about by the health sector reorms have affected the implementation o

malaria prevention and control measures. Carrasquilla (2006) explored

this relationship by compiling secondary data on epidemiological in-

dicators, risk actors, and financial resources or malaria prevention

and control in 255 malaria-endemic municipalities in Colombia or

the period 1991 to 2000. (Te study sought to collect inormation oncases, hospital discharges, and deaths, and on malaria prevention and

control activities, in 319 municipalities. Owing to large gaps in available

inormation, data o varying completeness or each year was obtained

rom only 255 municipalities.)

Carrasquilla conducted semi-structured interviews with rel-

evant health sector officers involved in malaria control regarding

operational aspects o the program beore and afer decentraliza-

tion. rends in malaria morbidity were analyzed or three periods:

1990–93 (pre-program decentralization), 1994–98 (transition), and

2000–01 (program decentralization). Te study ound no statisti-

cally significant differences in mean malaria incidence rates among

these periods. Because o gaps in inormation, it was not possible

to use a uniorm model to explore associations between malaria

rates in each period and actors such as climatic variables (includ-

ing rainall), decentralization status, insurance coverage, municipaldevelopment, and rural population, thus limiting conclusions about

the possible determinants o the observed trends. (Te study ound

important gaps in inormation, such as the absence o data on avail-

able resources and expenditures specific to the malaria program, and

Page 47: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 47/199

37INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

a large variability in reported cases in some areas. For example, or

the 1994–98 period only 67 municipalities had inormation about

1997 health expenditures.)

Carrasquilla’s findings with respect to the institutional aspects o

the malaria program circa 2001 indicate that sub-national governments

were allocating resources to, planning, and executing activities in ac-

cordance with their responsibilities or malaria control. However, the

participation o private institutions in diagnosis and treatment activities

is small in relation to the activity o the public sector. Weaknesses that

could jeopardize the effectiveness o the malaria program identified bythe survey include requent rotation o personnel and lack o training

o officers appointed or malaria control.

Tuberculosis

As in the cases o vaccination and malaria, prior to 1993 the tuberculosis

control program was a national vertical program that comprised plan-

ning, administration, technical assistance, financing, and provision ocare through public hospitals. uberculosis services were offered ree

throughout the country.

Afer the insurance and decentralization reorms, the Ministry

o Health became responsible or policies, norms, and procurement

o first-line medications and the anti-tuberculosis vaccine Bacillus

Calmette-Guérin (BCG). Departmental health directorates provided

technical assistance, monitoring, supervision, and distribution o

medicines and vaccines to municipalities, while municipalities were

responsible or providing PBS services, which included monitoring

tuberculosis control activities, distribution o medicines and vaccines

to providers, carrying out home visits, and providing treatment to

uninsured patients. Insurers provided vaccines to their populations

and, afer Law 715, reerred tuberculosis patients to the public sector

or treatment.

A review o tuberculosis incidence published in 2004 reported anincidence rate or all orms o tuberculosis that declined rom 34 cases

per 100,000 population in 1992 to approximately 26 cases per 100,000

in 2002 (Chaparro et al ., 2004). A rate calculated by the authors based

on the number o detected cases rom the National Health Institute’s

Page 48: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 48/199

38 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

9 www.ins.gov.co, accessed June 2007.

epidemiological surveillance system9  and denominators constructed

rom the 2005 census indicates a national average that has oscillated

around 20 per 100,000 rom 2003 to 2006. Although there are differ-

ences in the incidence rates reported by the ministry (26 per 100,000

in 2005) and the National Health Institute (24 per 100,000 in 2005), the

number o notified cases in each series has remained relatively steady

over this period, ranging rom 8,308 cases in 2003 to a high o 9,009

cases in 2004, declining again to 8,300 cases in 2006. Te World Health

Organization reports a very different rate o 45 per 100,000, based

on officially notified cases adjusted or estimates o under-reporting(WHO, 2007).

While some authors give importance to the slight increase in cases

observed in 2002 (Ayala Cerna and Kroeger, 2002), the tuberculosis

rate picture is unclear. It may have worsened or stayed more or less the

same over the decade. Stable tuberculosis mortality rates and declining

hospital discharge rates observed in the late 1990s have been interpreted

by some as evidence o stagnation (Segura, Rey, and Arbeláez, 2004).

Factors hypothesized to explain tuberculosis incidence trendsinclude those related to ragmentation o care provision, which is said

to have led to late diagnosis, more requent hospitalization, and higher

mortality (Arbeláez, 2006). Although no studies have rigorously ana-

lyzed the impact o insurance status on case detection and treatment,

insurance status seems to affect adherence to treatment: a 1999 study

in Bogotá o 726 cases ound that adherence was higher among the

insured in the contributory regime and lowest amongst the uninsured

(Arbeláez, 2006).

reatment errors by health providers also play a role; in small-scale

municipal studies, such errors have been observed, leading to modest

levels o drug-resistant tuberculosis (Moreira et al ., 2004; Laserson et al.,

2000). Co-inection with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is also

hypothesized to affect tuberculosis status, although only 5 to 10 percent

o diagnosed tuberculosis cases present with HIV co-inection (Chap-

arro et al., 2004; García et al ., 2004). Application o directly observedtreatment short-course (DOS) is considered low; in 2005, the WHO

Page 49: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 49/199

39INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

estimated that 50 percent o cases benefited (Dirección General de Salud

Pública, 2000). In contrast to these findings, a regional study published

in 2003 indicated that Colombian incidence rates were a result o better

implementation o DOS (Sobero and Peabody, 2006). BCG coverage

is high, with 97 percent o children under 4 years old having received

the vaccine, consistent with high rates o proessionally attended births

(Proamilia and Macro International, 2006).

Discussion

Overall, public health status has improved in Colombia, although in-

equities remain. Te evidence indicates that spending on public health

has increased substantially and that insurance increases access to some

key interventions (see Chapter 3). Given that, a more rapid transition to

ull insurance is an important vehicle or improving public health.

Te ongoing armed conflict and the recession o the late 1990s

have played important roles in explaining results observed in public

health programs. Just as these actors explain the slow extension o thesubsidized health insurance regime (see Chapter 6), the all in vaccina-

tion rates appears directly linked to the budgetary effects o recession:

less vaccine was purchased and ewer children were vaccinated. Urdi-

nola’s study (2004) o the impact o violence in certain municipalities

as a significant determinant o the pace o inant mortality rate decline

also illustrates the sometimes limited scope o health sector interven-

tions. Te inability o the vaccination and malaria programs to work

in certain highly vulnerable municipalities or security reasons also

limits the impact o the programs.

More can be done to isolate the importance o these multiple

orces affecting public health outcomes, leading to more nuanced policy

options, and measures could be taken to ensure that essential public

health inputs are protected during periods o economic downturn.

Among the most critical challenges acing public health is the

ragmentation o health care unctions among levels o government.Tis ragmentation was created by decentralization, combined with a

lack o articulation among the different participants in the insurance

system. A vaccination program that puts one organization in charge

o procuring vaccines, several others in charge o procuring syringes,

Page 50: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 50/199

40 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

and yet others in charge o contracting vaccinators is likely to show

poor perormance because the inputs necessary to vaccinate on time are

simply unavailable. Although recent government efforts have sought to

better align incentives, much remains to be done to adjust those incen-

tives to improve the impact o the program. For example, the Ministry

o Social Protection has consolidated the procurement o vaccines and

syringes with one entity and now regularly supervises insurers and

municipalities to ensure timely vaccination.

Te lack o unified and effective stewardship and accountability

or public health outcomes remains problematic. Slow and partial re-sponses to outbreaks o diseases such as dengue ever are an example:

a 2004 report o an outbreak o dengue ound that only 1 o every 9

suspected dengue cases presenting at emergency rooms was reported

(Loevinsohn and Harding, 2005). As a result, national unding and

technical assistance to deal with the outbreak arrived late and avoid-

able deaths occurred. Poor surveillance was attributed to a complex,

acility-based reporting procedure, which has now been complemented

by the implementation o a sentinel surveillance system.Health workers specializing in the control o communicable

diseases have also reported reassignment to other unctions by munici-

pal or departmental health authorities, indicating limited capacity to

understand the issues at stake, particularly in the poorer municipali-

ties. Since much o the communicable disease occurring in Colombia

is concentrated in a core number o poor municipalities, efforts and

financing could be targeted more effectively, while still operating within

the ramework o reorm and decentralization.

While popular throughout Latin America, the conceptual model

that separates individual and collective health interventions should

remain conceptual. Its enshrinement in legislation, financing, and

the content o benefits packages has unnecessarily complicated care-

seeking and interrupted the continuum o care. Although its intention

was the opposite, and it was later revoked in Law 1122 o 2007, Law 715

aggravated this situation by removing key prevention and promotioninterventions rom insurance packages and making municipalities

exclusively responsible or their provision. Future efforts should seek

to establish benefits packages and associated financing arrangements

that acilitate care-seeking and adherence to treatments, no matter

Page 51: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 51/199

41INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

what the economic rationale or investment or the insurance status o

the affected individual.

Colombia’s experience confirms that governance conditions are

important to the effectiveness o health care programs. Municipalities

were allowed to contract out the contents o the PBS, yet many opted

to execute directly or carry out direct contracts that were vulnerable

to misuse and generated disappointing results. Open and competitive

contracting or key public health services has shown promise elsewhere

in the world (Loevinsohn and Harding, 2005), yet this potentially in-

novative policy opportunity was lost in many Colombian municipalitiesand resulted in misuse o unds and limited impact o services. Te new

requirement to use a portion o public health unds to contract with

public hospitals worsens the situation.

Poor-quality data and research mean limited policy effectiveness.

From the example o the outdated census to the uncertainties around

the incidence rate o tuberculosis, it is difficult to design policies and

ensure their intended results in the absence o at least minimal data.

Further, research methods must be strengthened. Many studies reviewedor this chapter lack power, or use inappropriate methods to establish

causal links between reorms and outcomes observed, or both.

Finally, official data on public health are dispersed and inconsis-

tent. Colombian authorities should do more to ensure the consistency

and accuracy o public health data collected and used by institutions

in Colombia and reported to international agencies such as the World

Health Organization. uberculosis incidence rates reported by the WHO

are double what any source in Colombia reports. Tese inconsistencies

muddy the policy waters and can lead to spurious conclusions.

Page 52: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 52/199

42 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

References

Arbeláez, M.P. 2006. La reorma del sector salud y el control de la tu-berculosis en Colombia. In Decentralization and Management of

Communicable Disease Control in Latin America, eds. Z.E. Yadón,

R.E. Gürtler, F. obar, et al . Buenos Aires: Pan American Health

Organization.

Attanasio, O., L.C. Gómez, P. Heredia, et al . 2005. Te Short-erm Impact

of a Conditional Cash Subsidy on Child Health and Nutrition in

Colombia. London: Institute or Fiscal Studies.

Ayala Cerna, C., and A. Kroeger. 2002. La reorma del sector salud en

Colombia y sus eectos en los programas de control de tuberculosis

e inmunización. Cadernos de Saúde Pública 18(6): 1771–81.

Carrasquilla, G. 2006. Descentralización, reorma sectorial y control de

la malaria. In Decentralization and Management of Communicable

Disease Control in Latin America, eds. Z.E. Yadón, R.E. Gürtler, F.

obar, et al . Buenos Aires: Pan American Health Organization.

Chaparro, P.E., I. García, M.I. Guerrero, et al . 2004. Situación de la tu-berculosis en Colombia, 2002. Biomédica 24(Sup. 1): 102–14.

Dirección General de Salud Pública. 2000. Situación actual de la tuber-

culosis en Colombia. Bogotá: Ministerio de Salud.

———. 2004. La salud pública en Colombia: análisis y propuestas. Mimeo.

Bogotá: Ministerio de la Protección Social.

Flórez, C.E. 2000. Las transformaciones sociodemográficas en Colombia

durante el siglo XX . Bogotá: Banco de la República.

Flórez, C.E., and M. Ruiz. 2006. Análisis de situación para la ormu-lación del programa de cooperación del UNFPA con el país para

el período 2008–2012. Report or the United Nations Fund or

Population Activities.

Flórez, C.E., and V. Soto. 2006. Inequidades en salud en Colombia:

15 años de avances. Bogotá: Fundación Corona, Departamento

Nacional de Planeación, Programa de Naciones Unidas para el

Desarrollo.

García, I., A. Merchán, P.E. Chaparro, et al . 2004. Panorama de la coin-

ección tuberculosis/VIH en Bogotá, 2001. Biomédica 24(Sup. 1):

132–37.

Page 53: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 53/199

43INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Gómez, R.D. 2005. La mortalidad evitable como indicador de desempeño

de la política sanitaria: Colombia 1985–2001. Doctoral disserta-

tion, Universidad de Alicante, Alicante, Spain.

Grupo de Gestión Integral en Salud. 2003–2005. Inorme final de la con-

solidación y análisis de los recursos a cargo del 4,01% de la UPC

de Régimen Subsidiado Vigencias. Bogotá: Ministerio de la Pro-

tección Social.

———. 2005. Resultado de la Gestión del Programa de Enermedades

de ransmisión por Vectores. Bogotá: Ministerio de la Protección

Social.Herrera, V., and A. Cortez. 2000. Análisis de la descentralización de la

política social y la municipalización del sistema general de segu-

ridad social en salud en municipios de categoría 4, 5 y 6. Bogotá:

ESAP-CINAP.

Homedes, N., and A. Ugalde. 2005. Las reormas de salud neoliberales

en América Latina: una visión crítica a través de dos estudios de

caso. Revista Panamericana de Salud Pública 17(3): 210–20.

Jaramillo, I. 1999. El uturo de la salud en Colombia: cinco años de lapuesta en marcha de la ley 100, 4th  ed. Bogotá: FESCOL, FES,

FRB, Fundación Corona.

Korenromp, E., J. Miller, B. Nahlen, et al . 2005. World Malaria Report

2005. Geneva: World Health Organization and UNICEF.

Laserson, K., L. Osorio, J. Sheppard, et al . 2000. Clinical and Program-

matic Mismanagement Rather Tan Community Outbreak as the

Cause o Chronic, Drug-Resistant uberculosis in Buenaventura,

Colombia, 1998. Te International Journal of uberculosis and

Lung Disease 4(7): 673–83.

Loevinsohn, B., and A. Harding. 2005. Buying Results? Contracting

or Health Service Delivery in Developing Countries. Te Lancet  

366(9486): 676–81.

López Casas, J.G. 2007. La inmunoprevención en Colombia 1980–2006.

Unpublished mimeo.

Ministerio de Salud; Pan American Health Organization. 1982. Evaluacióndel Programa Ampliado de Inmunizaciones. Bogotá: PAHO.

Molina, C.G., U. Giedion, M.C. Rueda, et al. (FEDESARROLLO). 1994.

El gasto público en salud y distribución de subsidios en Colom-

bia. Inorme final. Bogotá: Departamento Nacional de Planeación,

Page 54: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 54/199

44 GLASSMAN, PINTO, STONE, AND  LÓPEZ

Misión de Apoyo a la Descentralización, Focalización de los Ser-

 vicios Seccionales.

Moreira, C.A., H.L. Hernández, N.L. Arias, et al . 2004. Initial Drug

Resistance as a Treat or uberculosis Control: Te Case o

Buenaventura, Colombia. Biomédica 24(Sup. 1): 73–79.

Proamilia. 2005. Salud sexual y reproductiva en Colombia, Encuesta Na-

cional de Demograía y Salud 2005. Resultados StatCompiler.

Proamilia and Macro International. 2006. Encuesta Nacional de De-

mograía y Salud, Colombia 2005. Calverton, MD: Proamilia and

Macro International.Restrepo rujillo, M. 2004. A New Reorm o the National Health System.

Biomédica 24(4): 341–44.

Richards, . 1997. Colombia Struggles with Health Reorm. British

 Medical Journal  315(7107): 501–04.

Sánchez, L.H., and F.J. Yepes. 1999. La descentralización de la salud en

Colombia: estudio de casos y controles. Inorme técnico. Bogotá:

Asociación Colombiana de la Salud.

Sánchez, L.H., F.J. Yepes, and B. Cantor. 1998. La descentralización dela salud: el caso de tres municipios colombianos. Inorme técnico.

Bogotá: Asociación Colombiana de la Salud.

Segura, A.M., J.J. Rey, and M.P. Arbeláez. 2004. endencia de la mortali-

dad y los egresos hospitalarios por tuberculosis, antes y durante

la implementación de la reorma del sector salud, Colombia,

1985–1999. Biomédica 24(Sup. 1): 115–23.

Sobero, R.A., and J.W. Peabody. 2006. uberculosis Control in Bolivia,

Chile, Colombia and Peru: Why Does Incidence Vary So Much

Between Neighbors? Te International Journal of uberculosis and

Lung Disease 10(11): 1292–95.

ono, .M., L. Velásquez de Charry, J. Sáenz, et al . 2002. El impacto

de la reorma sobre la salud pública: el caso de la salud sexual

y reproductiva. Bogotá: Fundación Corona, Fundación Ford,

Engender Health.

Unión emporal CCRP-ASSALUD-BDO. 2004. Diseño y aplicación deuna encuesta para la evaluación de las acciones de prevención del

POS-C/POS-S y del logro de las metas del PAB departamental y

distrital. Bogotá: Unión emporal CCRP-ASSALUD-BDO.

Page 55: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 55/199

45INSTITUTIONS, SPENDING, PROGRAMS, AND PUBLIC HEALTH

Urdinola, P. 2004. Could Political Violence Affect Inant Mortality?

Te Colombian Case. Unpublished manuscript. University o

Caliornia, Berkeley.

Vargas, J.E., and A. Sarmiento. 1997. Descentralización de los servicios

de educación y salud en Colombia. Bogotá: Casa Editorial El

iempo.

Vivas, J., E. arazona, C. Caballero, and N. Marrero. 1988. El Sistema

Nacional de Salud. Administración, presupuestación, gasto y

financiamiento, 1st ed. Bogotá: FEDESARROLLO, Pan American

Health Organization.World Health Organization. 2007. WHO 2005 uberculosis Epidemio-

logical Profile—Colombia. Geneva: WHO.

———. WHO Statistical Inormation System. Available at http://www.

who.int/whosis/en/index.html. Accessed June 2007.

Page 56: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 56/199

Page 57: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 57/199

1

Minimum salary or 2007, defined by Decree 4580/2006 o the Ministry o Social Protection,was $Col 433,700, equivalent to US$223. Exchange rate at June 15, 2007: $Col 1,945/US$1.2 Premiums or 2007 were established by Agreement 35/2006 o the National Social SecurityCouncil at $Col 404,215.20 (contributory regime) and $Col 227,577.60 (subsidized regime).

Dollar values, using the exchange rate o June 2007 ($Col 1,945/US$1) were US$207 (contribu-tory regime) and US$117 (subsidized regime).

CHAPTER 3

The Impact of Subsidized

Health Insurance on

Health Status and on Access toand Use of Health ServicesUrsula Giedion, Beatriz Yadira Díaz,Eduardo Andrés Alfonso, and William D. Savedoff 

In the early 1990s, Colombia introduced a universal health insurance

scheme with two orms o affiliation. Te contributory regime covers

ormal sector workers earning at least one minimum salary (about

US$223) per month,1 and inormal and independent workers earning

at least two minimum salaries per month; the subsidized regime cov-

ers those considered poor according to a proxy means test, the Sistemade Identificación de Beneficiarios (SISBEN; Beneficiary Identification

System).

Individuals who qualiy or the contributory regime are charged

a 12 percent payroll tax or a comprehensive insurance plan valued

at about US$207.2 Payroll tax contributions are pooled by a public

Page 58: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 58/199

48 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

und, the Fondo de Solidaridad y Garantía (FOSYGA; Solidarity and

Guarantee Fund), which channels resources rom individuals whose

contributions are greater than the value o premiums or themselves

and their amilies to those whose contributions are less.

For those who cannot afford to purchase insurance, the government

uses national revenues, local revenues, and a portion o the payroll tax

(1 percent o payroll) rom the contributory regime to purchase insur-

ance coverage or the poor under the subsidized regime. Te benefits

package is more limited in the subsidized regime (costing about US$117)

but legislation calls or it to become similar to the contributory regime,depending on the mobilization o additional resources. By 2007, most

basic care and most high-cost interventions related to catastrophic

illnesses such as cancer and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome

(AIDS) were covered under the subsidized regime. Most hospital care

is thereore not yet covered; or these services, rules o access do not

differ or insured and uninsured.

Under either regime, the patient chooses a health insurance com-

pany, which may be public, private, or mixed and which may be runor profit or not or profit. Te insurance company, in turn, covers a

portion o health care costs by establishing contracts with public and

private providers or through its own health care providers. Insurance

companies are paid a risk-adjusted per capita amount.

As a result o these reorms, insurance coverage increased rom

24 percent o the population in 1993 to 62 percent in 2003. Te increase

was largest among the lowest-income quintile, rising rom 6 percent

beore the reorms to 47 percent a decade later. Te current government

intends to achieve universal coverage during its term by mobilizing

new financial resources.

Despite these gains, criticism o the reorms is common. Several

opposition groups have called or massive changes to the system; the

reorms have been prominently debated in the past two presidential

elections. Although growing empirical evidence exists on the benefits

o the subsidized health insurance scheme—specifically, access toand utilization o care (see, or example, Panopoulou, 2001), financial

protection or households against out-o-pocket costs (or example,

Flórez, Giedion, and Pardo, 2007), and better targeting o public-sector

resources (Acosta et al., 2007)—many argue that the health system was

Page 59: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 59/199

49IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

better beore the reorms and claim that the new system has worsened

health conditions. Further, some observers consider that the large fiscal

effort involved in financing the subsidized health insurance scheme

(about 1 percent o gross domestic product in 2003; Barón, 2007) may

not be worthwhile and may have had a negative impact on employment

(Gaviria, Medina, and Mejía, 2006). Tis chapter provides evidence to

inorm and enrich such debate and to call attention to the risks involved

when supporting massive changes beore considering how they could

alter the positive results already achieved.

Finally, Colombia has been one o the first countries in thedeveloping world to introduce a social insurance scheme providing

universal coverage and equal financial access to a basic benefits pack-

age or all (Panopoulou, 2001). Te expansion o insurance coverage

among the poor has been on the agenda o many countries and in-

ternational organizations as a means o improving access to care and

financial protection or those most vulnerable to the consequences

o illness. Tereore, by reaching almost two-thirds o its population

with insurance coverage, Colombia’s case provides a unique oppor-tunity to gather evidence on one o the most hotly debated issues in

the health sector.

In this context, evidence o the impact o the Colombian health

reorms is urgently needed, not only to inorm policymaking in Co-

lombia but also to provide lessons or other countries considering

similar reorms. Tis study uses existing data and impact evaluation

methods to measure the effects o the Colombian subsidized regime on

the levels and distribution o insurance coverage, health service access

and utilization, and health status. It coners robustness to its results

by combining and comparing the results rom several different semi-

parametric impact evaluation methods.

Background and Context

Why Care about Insurance? 

Health insurance reduces the direct costs o access to and utilization

o health care services by individuals and amilies. It thereore reduces

the financial risk o illness and improves access to health services. Tis

Page 60: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 60/199

50 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

3 For an excellent review o these issues see Buchmueller et al. (2005) and Levy and Meltzer(2001).4 Penchansky and Tomas (1981) identiy five dimensions o access: availability, accessibility,accommodation, affordability, and acceptability, as described in McLaughlin and Wyszewianski

(2002).

study addresses the hypothesis that the subsidized health insurance

regime introduced in Colombia in 1993 has improved the health status

o the insured population by making health care more affordable.

Several qualifications are in order.3 First, health insurance affects

only the affordability o health care; it does not necessarily alter the

other actors that affect access.4 Second, health insurance affects health

indirectly through its impact on health care utilization. Tird, the e-

ect o health insurance may vary across the population. In particular,

in areas with effective social saety nets, lack o insurance may not be

a significant barrier to receiving care and, consequently, the marginalimpact o introducing insurance coverage may be small compared with

the impact in areas where individuals have ewer options (Buchmuel-

ler et al ., 2005). Fourth, people who have health insurance may differ

systematically, in some consistent way, rom those without insurance,

making analysis more difficult. Finally, health status is itsel a complex

concept and findings may vary depending on the particular variables

chosen to measure it.

Eligibility for and Affiliation with the Subsidized Regime

Participation in the subsidized regime is a two-step process: according

to the existing legal ramework, the vulnerable population is first identi-

fied as being eligible and then gradually affiliated with the subsidized

regime based on several predefined prioritization criteria. o model

“participation”—a key issue when using quasi-experimental methods

such as propensity score matching or matched difference-in-differences;

it is used in this impact evaluation o the subsidized regime—it is

necessary to understand what determines how and why an individual

becomes eligible or subsidized health insurance, and what determines

whether an eligible person is affiliated with the subsidized regime. We

will briefly discuss these issues below.

Page 61: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 61/199

51IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

Eligibility rules or enrollment in the subsidized regime are com-

plex. Tis complexity affects the analytical strategy employed in the

study. First priority is given to special populations such as orphans and

the elderly, irrespective o proxy means test scores. Priority is then given

to the poor with low test scores who are either pregnant, under the age

o 5, displaced by violence, or disabled. Te remaining population is

ranked according to scores obtained under the SISBEN.

Afer this ordered list is published, selected individuals can

subscribe to one o the competing insurance entities. I an individual

does not sign up, he or she loses the opportunity to enroll in theinsurance scheme and must wait or the next round o affiliations.

Affiliation o those eligible occurs gradually as additional unds

become available nationally and locally. Tose eligible but unaffiliated

can use public hospitals at highly subsidized prices but are not granted

the explicit and legally guaranteed benefits package o those who are

insured.

Te system’s implementation introduced urther complications.

First, the proxy means test and affiliation were introduced unevenlyacross the country, depending on the availability o additional local

unds and municipal administrative capacity. Second, the distinction

between those with and those without insurance is somewhat blurred,

given that the latter are granted partial ee waivers in public hospitals

(see Panopoulou, 2001). Tird, some evidence indicates that SISBEN

scores and affiliation are manipulated by local authorities, leading to the

inclusion o non-poor populations. (Despite the limited coverage and

some leakage o subsidies to wealthier people, the subsidized regime is

still the best-targeted social program in Colombia and the health sector

has made the most progress with targeting in the past two decades. See

Lasso, López, and Núñez, 2004.)

In summary, legislation guiding participation in the subsidized

regime, data rom previous surveys, and analyses carried out by several

researchers indicate that participation in the subsidized regime is not

random and depends on many variables other than poverty scores(Panopoulou, 2001; rujillo and Portillo, 2005). Tereore, simple com-

parisons o differences in outcome between affiliates and non-affiliates

would most certainly yield biased estimates o the impact o subsidized

health insurance in Colombia.

Page 62: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 62/199

52 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

5 Both studies use Living Standards Measurement Study data rom 1997, which corresponds to

the first years o implementation o the subsidized regime.

Previous Evidence of the Impact

of Subsidized Health Insurance in Colombia

A number o studies have analyzed the impact o the subsidized re-

gime on utilization o health care services, financial protection, and

health status. Studies using data corresponding to the first stage o

implementation o the subsidized regime find evidence o the positive

impact o health insurance or outpatient care but not or hospital care

(Panopoulou, 2001; rujillo and Portil lo, 2005).5 Te latter result can

be explained by the limited coverage o hospital services under the

subsidized regime, as previously indicated. Both reports find stronger

evidence o a positive impact in urban areas than in rural areas.

Relying on more recent data, Gaviria et al. (2006) ound a positive

and substantial impact o the subsidized regime on the use o preven-

tive medical care and outpatient visits, and a negative impact on hos-

pitalization rates at the national level. According to these authors, the

ormer result may be explained by the act that uninsured patients have

higher emergency and, consequently, hospital utilization rates. Bitránet al . (2004) use descriptive statistics to show that poor insured people

under the subsidized regime benefit rom lower rates o unsatisfied

demand and ewer financial barriers when accessing services, make

more outpatient visits, have lower out-o-pocket health care spending,

and have a lower incidence o catastrophic health expenditure than do

poor people lacking insurance. Note, however, that the ormer results

are based on the comparison o simple means and may be biased, owing

to potential differences between affiliates and non-affiliates.Only a ew studies have sought evidence o the impact o the

subsidized regime on health status. Gaviria and his colleagues use

sel-reported health status and birth weight as health status outcome

measures (Gaviria et al., 2006; Gaviria and Palau, 2006). Tey ound

that insurance has a positive impact on health status perception using

an instrumental variable approach, but given the method these authors

chose, this result requires a questionable leap o aith with respect to

the independence o health status perception (outcome) rom social

Page 63: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 63/199

53IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

and political context at the municipal level, as measured by the number

or share o years lived in the same municipality (the “instrument”).6 

Tese authors also find that birth weight increases slightly or insured

patients but only or those belonging to the very poorest strata o the

population. It is, however, impossible to tell whether insured babies are

healthier just because they weigh 50 grams more than uninsured babies.

Only when weight alls below a certain threshold is a child’s health at

risk. Tis is why many authors use low birth weight, or extremely low

birth weight, as a proxy when evaluating the impact o health insur-

ance on inants. Some o the difficulties in the earlier literature are caused by bias.

Researchers applied different methods, ranging rom descriptive analysis

to instrumental variables and semi-parametric approaches, to address

bias. In all cases, researchers had to struggle with questions related to

the difficulty o interpreting causality between health insurance and

selected outcome variables.

Te present study complements the existing evidence by: testing

the robustness o results through the implementation o several impactevaluation methods; taking advantage o a quasi-panel data set; and

combining in one study the analysis o an array o access, utilization,

and health status variables not only at the national level but also by

poverty level and by area. (Note that none o the previous studies used

repeated cross-sectional data instead o cross-sectional data to correct or

some o the potential selection problems related to differences between

affiliates and non-affiliates in unobserved characteristics.)

Methods

When experimental data are unavailable, the choice o analytical ap-

proach depends on the specific circumstances and ofen requires testing

several methods (see Blundell and Dias, 2000). o control or selection

bias due to differences between affiliates and non-affiliates, and to test

the robustness o the results, our different methods were implemented,including a regression discontinuity approach (RDA), propensity score

6 See the complete report (Giedion and Díaz, 2007) or more detail on the instrumental variablesapproach.

Page 64: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 64/199

54 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

7 Results rom other methods are available on request.

matching (PSM), and matched double difference (MDD). Te RDA was

discarded because the data showed that one o this method’s central

assumptions—the randomness o affiliation based on the proxy means

test eligibility score—did not hold in the context o the Colombian subsi-

dized regime (or urther details see Giedion and Díaz, 2007). When good

panel or repeated cross-sectional data are available, MDD is superior

to PSM because it controls not only or differences between affiliates

and non-affiliates in observable characteristics (or example, education,

income, and housing characteristics) but also or time-invariant di-

erences in unobservable differences (Blundell and Dias, 2000). Terewas, however, a tradeoff between precision o the estimate and control

or selection bias: MDD is inerior to PSM in terms o the richness o

outcome variables ound in the available data sets. Te repeated cross-

sectional data set required or MDD contained a substantially poorer

set o access-, utilization-, and health status–related variables than the

cross-sectional data rom the Demographic and Health Survey (DHS)

rom 2005 needed to implement PSM. Results rom both methods are

presented below.7

Data Description and Sample

Tis study uses a combination o repeated cross-sectional DHS data

rom 1995, 2000, and 2005; 1993 census data; and municipal admin-

istrative data. No source other than the DHS provides adequate and

comparable pre- and post-intervention data on individual health sta-

tus. Administrative data provided contextual variables (such as health

services supply, local management capacity, and financial resources)

to analyze the determinants o affiliation with the subsidized regime.

Census data rom 1993 provided additional inormation on conditions

prior to the reorms. For reasons o confidentiality, it was not possible

to obtain individual census data, so block data (each block representing

approximately 20 households) had to be used instead. Further details

on the data, variables, and matching processes can be ound in Giedionand Díaz (2007).

Page 65: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 65/199

55IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

Te sample was drawn rom the different rounds o the DHS

(1995, 2000, and 2005) and included all individuals affiliated with the

subsidized regime as well as those who were uninsured—that is, lack-

ing affiliation with either the subsidized or the contributory regime.

Individuals affiliated with the contributory regime were excluded.

Tis restriction excludes the majority o middle- and upper-income

individuals rom the sample.

Results

Impact of the Subsidized Regime on Health Insurance Coverage

Te increase in health insurance coverage among Colombians is the

one successul outcome on which most observers—supporters and

opponents o the reorm alike—generally agree. It is also an out-

standing result at the international level because very ew low- and

middle-income countries have expanded health insurance coverage

so rapidly and to such high levels in such a short time. (Similar cover-age levels are being attained in Tailand and the Philippines; Costa

Rica and Chile have achieved universal coverage but over a longer

time rame.)

Overall, health insurance coverage in Colombia has increased

rom less than a quarter o the population prior to the reorms (1993)

to almost two-thirds o the population a decade later (Escobar, 2005).

More recent official administrative inormation indicates that by

2006, 82.72 percent o the population was covered by health insur-

ance either in the subsidized regime (54 percent) or the contributory

regime (46 percent) (Ministerio de la Protección Social, 2006). Te

growth o insurance coverage was most notable among the poorest

quintile, where the insured portion o the population increased almost

eight-old (Escobar, 2005). Data rom 2005 (Figure 3.1) indicate that

the subsidized regime is well targeted to the poor, since its cover-

age increases with poverty, whereas coverage by the contributoryregime increases with wealth (see Chapter 6 or urther details on

targeting).

Coverage is similar or both genders and is somewhat higher

among teenagers and those over 50 years old. Differences in coverage

Page 66: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 66/199

Page 67: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 67/199

57IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

status. Furthermore, the health variables ocus exclusively on maternal,

newborn, and young children’s health. Tis complicates the analysis

because many health services or small children and childbearing women

are ree or everyone regardless o insurance status and, thereore, the

financial barriers addressed by having insurance coverage are likely

to be less important. Moreover, it is not possible to extrapolate rom

these variables the impact o insurance coverage on other population

health conditions, particularly those that can be directly improved by

most insured health care services.

Comparison of Unconditional Means

Comparison o unconditional means o affiliated and unaffiliated

individuals belonging to the lowest strata o the population (SISBEN

level 3 and below) indicates that those with coverage are less likely to go

without care when they need it (26 percent compared with 46 percent

or people without coverage; able 3.1). In addition, only 24 percent o

the insured report that their access problems are related to financialbarriers, compared to 57 percent o those who are unaffiliated. Instead,

affiliated patients more ofen report difficulties due to limited supply

(30 percent, compared with 13 percent or non-affiliates). Tey use

health services more ofen (68 percent versus 46 percent), and insured

small children with coughing or diarrhea are brought more ofen to a

health acility.

Differences related to access to prenatal, birthing, and post-

partum services are less pronounced but also show significantly better

access or pregnant women with subsidized insurance: they receive

4 percent more prenatal visits, take their babies to health acilities

3 percent more ofen, and are assisted by proessionals (4 percent) or

doctors (5 percent) more ofen than are women without subsidized

insurance.

Te impact o subsidized insurance on health status, based on the

simple comparison o means, provides mixed evidence: the differencein survival o small children is statistically insignificant. According

to inormation provided on birth certificates, affiliates have a lower

incidence o extremely low birth weight (0.3 percent versus 1.4 per-

cent or unaffiliated babies) but a higher incidence o low birth weight

Page 68: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 68/199

58 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   1

   A

   c   c   e   s   s   t   o   a   n   d   U   t   i   l   i  z   a   t   i   o   n   o   f   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   e  r  v   i   c   e   s ,   a   n   d   H

   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   (   2   0   0   5   )

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   M   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   n   o   n  -   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   M

   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

   (    %   )

    S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   a   l

   s   i   g   n   i   fi   c   a   n   c   e

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   c   o   n   s   t   r   u   c   t   i   o   n

   U   n   i   v

   e   r   s   e   a

   A   c   c   e   s   s   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   s

   N   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   i   n   g   m   e   d   i   c   a   l 

   c   a   r   e   w   h   e   n   n   e   e   d   e   d

   (   e   x   c   l   u   d   i   n   g   h   e   a   l   t   h

   p   r   o   b   l   e   m   s   c   o   n   s   i   d

   e   r   e   d

   t   o   o   m   i   n   o   r   t   o   r   e   q   u   i   r   e

   a   t   t   e   n   t   i   o   n   )

   4   5

 .   7   %

   2   6

 .   1   %

  −   4   3   %

   *   *   *

   W   h   a   t   d   i   d   y   o   u   d   o   w   h   e   n   h   a   v   i   n   g   a

   h   e   a   l   t   h   p   r   o   b   l   e

   m   y   o   u   c   o   n   s   i   d   e   r   e   d

   s   e   v   e   r   e   e   n   o   u   g   h   t   o   r   e   q   u   i   r   e   a   t   t   e   n   t   i   o   n   ?

   0  =

   W   e   n   t   t   o

   h   e   a   l   t   h   f   a   c   i   l   i   t   y

 ,   t   o

   p   h   y   s   i   c   i   a   n

 ,   a   l   t   e   r   n   a   t   i   v   e   t   h   e   r   a   p   y

 ,   n   u   r   s   e

   1  =

   D   i   d   n   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   e   a   n   y   m   e   d   i   c   a   l 

   c   a   r   e

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m

   b   e   r   s

   N   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   i   n   g   c   a   r   e

   w   h   e   n   n   e   e   d   e   d   b   e

   c   a   u   s   e

   o   f   s   u   p   p   l   y   p   r   o   b   l   e   m   s

   1   3

 .   2   %

   3   0

 .   4   %

   +   1   3   0   %

   *   *   *

   I   f   y   o   u   d   i   d   n   o

   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   e   a   n   y   c   a   r   e

   w   h   e   n   r   e   q   u   i   r   i   n   g   a   t   t   e   n   t   i   o   n

 ,   t   o   w   h   a   t

   c   i   r   c   u   m   s   t   a   n   c   e   s   w   a   s   t   h   i   s   d   u   e   ?

   1  =

   D   u   e   t   o   s

   u   p   p   l   y   p   r   o   b   l   e   m   s

 ,

   i   n   c   l   u   d   i   n   g   s   e   r   v   i   c   e   s   t   o   o   f   a   r   a   w   a   y

 ,

   s   e   r   v   i   c   e   s   o   f   l   o   w   q   u   a   l   i   t   y

 ,   d   i   d   n   ’   t

   a   t   t   e   n   d

 ,   d   i   d   n   ’   t   r   e   s   o   l   v   e   p   r   o   b   l   e   m   l   a   s   t

   t   i   m   e

 ,   t   o   o   m   u

   c   h   p   a   p   e   r   w   o   r   k

   0  =

   D   i   d   n   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   e   c   a   r   e   f   o   r   o   t   h   e   r

   r   e   a   s   o   n   s

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m

   b   e   r   s

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

Page 69: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 69/199

59IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   1

   A

   c   c   e   s   s   t   o   a   n   d   U   t   i   l   i  z   a   t   i   o   n   o   f   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   e  r  v   i   c   e   s ,   a   n   d   H

   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   (   2   0   0   5   )   (   c   o   n

   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   M   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   n   o   n  -   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   M

   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

   (    %   )

    S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   a   l

   s   i   g   n   i   fi   c   a   n   c   e

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   c   o   n   s   t   r   u   c   t   i   o   n

   U   n   i   v

   e   r   s   e   a

   N   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   i   n   g   c   a   r   e

   w   h   e   n   n   e   e   d   e   d   b   e

   c   a   u   s   e

   o   f   fi   n   a   n   c   i   a   l    b   a   r   r   i   e   r   s

   5   6

 .   9   %

   2   3

 .   8   %

  −   5   8   %

   *   *   *

   I   f   y   o   u   d   i   d   n   o

   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   e   c   a   r   e   w   h   e   n

   h   a   v   i   n   g   a   p   r   o

   b   l   e   m   c   o   n   s   i   d   e   r   e   d   s   e   v   e   r   e

   e   n   o   u   g   h   t   o   r   e

   q   u   i   r   e   a   t   t   e   n   t   i   o   n

 ,   w   a   s

   t   h   i   s   d   u   e   t   o   l   a

   c   k   o   f   m   o   n   e   y   ?

   0  =

   N   o

 ,   d   i   d   n   o   t   r   e   c   e   i   v   e   c   a   r   e   f   o   r

   o   t   h   e   r   r   e   a   s   o   n

   s

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m

   b   e   r   s

   H   a   d   o   u   t   p   a   t   i   e   n   t   v

   i   s   i   t   s

   i   n   p   a   s   t   1   2   m   o   n   t   h   s

   4   6

 .   2   %

   6   8

 .   2   %

   +   4   8   %

   *   *   *

   H   a   s   a   n   y   h   o   u

   s   e   h   o   l   d   m   e   m   b   e   r   u   s   e   d

   h   e   a   l   t   h   s   e   r   v   i   c

   e   s   i   n   t   h   e   p   a   s   t   1   2

   m   o   n   t   h   s   ?

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m

   b   e   r   s

   C   h   i   l   d   i   m   m   u   n   i   z   a   t   i   o   n

   c   o   m   p   l   e   t   e   f   o   r   a   g   e

   3   7

 .   4   %

   4   1

 .   8   %

   +   1   2   %

   *   *   *

   I   s   i   m   m   u   n   i   z   a   t   i   o   n   c   o   m   p   l   e   t   e   f   o   r   a   g   e   ?

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   0  =

   N   o

   C   h   i   l   d

   r   e   n

   u   n   d   e

   r   5

   C   h   i   l   d   t   a   k   e   n   t   o   h   e   a   l   t   h

   c   a   r   e   f   a   c   i   l   i   t   y   w   h   e

   n

   c   o   u   g   h   i   n   g

   3   5

 .   7   %

   4   4

 .   8   %

   +   2   6   %

   *   *   *

   W   a   s   c   h   i   l   d   t   a   k   e   n   t   o   h   e   a   l   t   h   c   a   r   e   f   a   c   i   l  -

   i   t   y   w   h   e   n   c   h   i   l   d   h   a   d   f   e   v   e   r   o   r   c   o   u   g   h   ?

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   C   h   i   l   d

   r   e   n

   u   n   d   e

   r   5

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

Page 70: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 70/199

Page 71: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 71/199

61IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

   B   i   r   t   h   a   t   t   e   n   d   e   d   b   y

   d   o   c   t   o   r

   7   6

 .   5   %

   8   0

 .   0   %

   +   5   %

   *   *   *

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   W   o   m

   e   n

   P   o   s   t  -   n   a   t   a   l    v   i   s   i   t   a

   f   t   e   r

   d   e   l   i   v   e   r   y

   4   7

 .   0   %

   5   2

 .   1   %

   +   1   1   %

   *   *   *

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s  =

   d   o

   c   t   o   r ,   n   u   r   s   e

 ,   a   u   x   i   l   i   a   r   y

   n   u   r   s   e

   W   o   m

   e   n

   A   c   c   e   s   s   t   o   m   e   d   i   c

   a   l 

   s   e   r   v   i   c   e   w   h   e   n

   c   o   m   p   l   i   c   a   t   i   o   n   s   p   r   e   s   e   n   t

   (   n  =

   4   5   3   i   n   D   H   S

   2   0   0   5   )

   4   2

 .   3   %

   4   8

 .   8   %

   +   1   5   %

   *   *   *

   R   e   c   e   i   v   e   d   m   e

   d   i   c   a   l    a   t   t   e   n   t   i   o   n   b   e   c   a   u   s   e

   o   f   c   o   m   p   l   i   c   a   t   i   o   n   s

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m   b   e   r   s

   H   e   a   l   t   h   s   t   a   t   u   s   v

   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   s

   S   u   r   v   i   v   a   l    o   f   c   h   i   l   d   r   e   n

   y   o   u   n   g   e   r   t   h   a   n   5   y   e   a   r   s

   9   7

 .   7   %

   9   7

 .   2   %

  —

   1  =

   Y   e   s

 ,   c   h   i   l   d   i   s   a   l   i   v   e

   0  =

   N   o

 ,   c   h   i   l   d

   h   a   s   d   i   e   d

   C   h   i   l   d

   r   e   n

   u   n   d   e

   r   5

   H   e   a   l   t   h   s   t   a   t   u   s

   p   e   r   c   e   p   t   i   o   n   s   c   o   r   e

   2 .   9

   2 .   8

  −   3   %

   *   *   *

   H   o   w   d   o   y   o   u

   p   e   r   c   e   i   v   e   y   o   u   r   h   e   a   l   t   h

   s   t   a   t   u   s   ?

   1  =

   N   o   t   g   o   o   d

   2  =

   N   o   r   m   a   l

   3  =

   G   o   o   d

   4  =

   V   e   r   y   g   o   o   d

   5  =

   E   x   c   e   l   l   e   n

   t

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d

   m   e   m

   b   e   r   s

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   1

   A

   c   c   e   s   s   t   o   a   n   d   U   t   i   l   i  z   a   t   i   o   n   o   f   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   e  r  v   i   c   e   s ,   a   n   d   H

   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   (   2   0   0   5   )   (   c   o   n

   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   M   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   n   o   n  -   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   M

   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

   (    %   )

    S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   a   l

   s   i   g   n   i   fi   c   a   n   c   e

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   c   o   n   s   t   r   u   c   t   i   o   n

   U   n   i   v

   e   r   s   e   a

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

Page 72: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 72/199

62 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

   L   o   w   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t   (   p   e   r

   b   i   r   t   h   c   a   r   d   )

   7 .   6

   %

   1   0

 .   9   %

   +   4   3   %

   *   *

    0  =

   N   o  =

   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t   >   2   5   0   0   g

   1  =

   Y   e   s  =

   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t       ≤

    2   5   0   0   g

   C   h   i   l   d

   r   e   n

   u   n   d   e

   r   5

   E   x   t   r   e   m   e   l   y   l   o   w   b   i   r   t   h

   w   e   i   g   h   t   (   p   e   r   b   i   r   t   h

   c   a   r   d   )

   1 .   4

   %

   0 .   3

   %

  −   7   7   %

   *   *

   0  =

   N   o  =

   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t   >   1   5   0   0   g

   1  =

   Y   e   s  =

   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t       ≤

    1   5   0   0   g

   C   h   i   l   d

   r   e   n

   u   n   d   e

   r   5

   C   o   m   p   l   i   c   a   t   i   o   n   s   a   f   t   e   r

   d   e   l   i   v   e   r   y

   2   9

 .   9   %

   3   1

 .   5   %

   +   5   %

   *

   0  =

   N   o

   1  =

   Y   e   s  =

   e   x

   c   e   s   s   i   v   e   b   l   e   e   d   i   n   g

 ,

   l   o   s   s   o   f   c   o   n   s   c   i   o   u   s   n   e   s   s

 ,   f   e   v   e   r ,

   b   r   e   a   s   t   i   n   f   e   c   t

   i   o   n

 ,   p   a   i   n   w   h   e   n

   u   r   i   n   a   t   i   n   g

 ,   p   o

   s   t   p   a   r   t   u   m   d   e   p   r   e   s   s   i   o   n

   W   o   m

   e   n

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s ,   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   D   e   m   o   g   r   a   p   h   i   c   a   n   d   H   e   a   l   t   h    S   u   r   v   e   y   2   0   0

   5   d   a   t   a .

    *   *   *  =   p   <   0 .   0   1 ,   *   *  =   p

   <   0 .   0   5 ,   *  =   p

   <   0 .   1   0 .

    a    S   a   m   p   l   e   e   x   c   l   u   d   e   s   t   h   o   s   e   a    f    fi   l   i   a   t   e   d   w   i   t   h   t   h   e   c   o   n   t   r   i   b   u   t   o   r   y   r   e   g   i   m   e .

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   1

   A

   c   c   e   s   s   t   o   a   n   d   U   t   i   l   i  z   a   t   i   o   n   o   f   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   e  r  v   i   c   e   s ,   a   n   d   H

   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   (   2   0   0   5   )   (   c   o   n

   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   M   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   n   o   n  -   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   M

   e   a   n   v   a   l   u   e ,

   a   f   fi   l   i   a   t   e   s

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

   (    %   )

    S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   a   l

   s   i   g   n   i   fi   c   a   n   c   e

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   c   o   n   s   t   r   u   c   t   i   o   n

   U   n   i   v

   e   r   s   e   a

Page 73: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 73/199

63IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

(11 percent versus 8 percent) and more complications afer delivery

(32 percent versus 30 percent).

Te unconditional means are likely to be biased by a number

o actors that differentiate individuals with and without insurance,

and that are unrelated to their insurance status. Te unconditional

means are still important or particular policy and planning purposes,

however. For example, estimates o the required financial, human, and

physical resources required to meet the demand or services need to

incorporate this inormation when considering the effects o expanding

the subsidized regime.

Results of Propensity Score Matching Estimates

Using propensity score matching, the average dierence between

matched individuals is our estimate o the program’s impact (able 3.2).

Regardless o the matching method, the estimates confirm that the sub-

sidized health insurance scheme increases access to care or the poor.

Tose affiliated with the subsidized regime are approximately 40 percentmore likely to have made outpatient visits in the past year (69 percent

 versus 49 percent) and almost hal as likely to have experienced barriers

to access when needing care (25 percent versus 42 percent). Affiliated

individuals report problems with access due to limited supply more ofen

than unaffiliated patients do (30 percent and 13 percent, respectively).

Also, insured children coughing or suffering rom diarrhea are more

likely to be taken to a health care acility. Furthermore, affiliated women

are somewhat more likely to give birth in a health care acility and to

be assisted by either a doctor or other skilled personnel. Importantly,

affiliated children are more likely to have their immunization schemes

completed appropriately or their age and, thereore, are less likely to

die rom a preventable disease.

As expected, health indicators are, in general, worse in rural areas

than in urban areas. For example, the percentage o births attended

by a doctor or other health proessional reaches more than 90 percentin urban areas but is less than 70 percent in rural areas. Interestingly,

health insurance coverage appears to have a somewhat greater effect on

health care service use in rural areas than in urban areas. For example,

in urban areas, about 41 percent o unaffiliated children are taken to a

Page 74: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 74/199

64 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   2

   P  r   o   p   e   n   s   i   t  y   S   c   o  r   e   M   a   t   c   h

   i   n   g  :   E   s   t   i   m   a   t   e   d   T  r   e   a   t   m   e   n

   t   E   f   f   e   c   t   o   n   P   a   t   i   e   n   t   s   f   o  r   A

   c   c   e   s   s ,   U   t   i   l   i  z   a   t   i   o   n ,   a   n   d

   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   (   2   0   0   5   )   a

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e

   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   N   a   t   i   o   n   a   l

   U   r   b   a   n

   R   u   r   a   l

   P   o   o   r   e   s   t

   R   i   c   h   e   s   t

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

   A   c   c   e   s   s   a   n   d   u   t   i   l   i   z   a   t   i   o   n

   H   a   d   o   u   t   p   a   t   i   e   n   t

   v   i   s   i   t   i   n   p   a   s   t

   1   2   m   o   n   t   h   s

   6   8

 .   7   %

   4   8

 .   8   %

   4   1   %

   *   *   *

   7   0

 .   2   %

   5   3

 .   0   %

   3   3   %

   *   *   *

   6   5

 .   7   %

   4   4

 .   0   %

   4   9   %

   *   *   *

   6   5

 .   2   %

   4   3

 .   3   %

   5   1   %

   *   *   *

   7   0

 .   1   %

   5   1

 .   6   %

   3   6   %

   *   *   *

   B   i   r   t   h   a   t   t   e   n   d   e   d

   b   y   d   o   c   t   o   r

   8   0

 .   9   %

   7   5

 .   5   %

   7   %

   *   *   *

   9   0

 .   1   %

   8   7

 .   5   %

   3   %

   *   *   *

   6   7

 .   8   %

   6   3

 .   7   %

   6   %

   *   *

   6   7

 .   5   %

   6   5

 .   3   %

   3   %

  —

   8   8

 .   4   %

   8   5

 .   9   %

   3   %

  —

   B   i   r   t   h   a   t   t   e   n   d   e   d

   b   y   s   k   i   l   l   e   d

   p   r   o   f   e   s   s   i   o   n   a   l

   8   5

 .   5   %

   8   0

 .   1   %

   7   %

   *   *   *

   9   3

 .   3   %

   9   1

 .   4   %

   2   %

   *   *

   7   4

 .   0   %

   6   9

 .   8   %

   6   %

   *   *

   7   3

 .   6   %

   7   2

 .   0   %

   2   %

  —

   9   1

 .   9   %

   9   0

 .   9   %

   1   %

  —

   B   i   r   t   h   i   n   h   e   a   l   t   h

   f   a   c   i   l   i   t   y

   8   6

 .   5   %

   8   1

 .   5   %

   6   %

   *   *   *

   9   4

 .   2   %

   9   2

 .   7   %

   2   %

   *

   7   4

 .   7   %

   6   8

 .   4   %

   9   %

   *   *   *

   7   4

 .   4   %

   6   9

 .   4   %

   7   %

   *

   9   2

 .   5   %

   9   1

 .   4   %

   1   %

  —

   C   h   i   l   d   i   m   m   u   n   i   z   a  -

   t   i   o   n   c   o   m   p   l   e   t   e

   4   0

 .   2   %

   3   7

 .   3   %

   8   %

   *   *

   4   5

 .   0   %

   4   2

 .   1   %

   7   %

   *

   3   2

 .   9   %

   3   1

 .   1   %

   6   %

  —

   3   4

 .   9   %

   3   2

 .   1   %

   9   %

  —

   4   3

 .   6   %

   4   1

 .   0   %

   6   %

  —

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

Page 75: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 75/199

Page 76: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 76/199

66 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

   T   A   B   L   E

   3 .   2

   P  r   o   p   e   n   s   i   t  y   S   c   o  r   e   M   a   t   c   h

   i   n   g   (   c   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

   V   a   r   i   a   b   l   e

   d   e   s   c   r   i   p   t   i   o   n

   N   a   t   i   o   n   a   l

   U   r   b   a   n

   R   u   r   a   l

   P   o   o   r   e   s   t

   R   i   c   h   e   s   t

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

Treated

Controls

Change (%)

Significanceb

   H   e   a   l   t   h   s   t   a   t   u   s

   H   e   a   l   t   h   s   t   a   t   u   s

   p   e   r   c   e   p   t   i   o   n   s   c   o   r   e

   2 .   8

   3   8

   2 .   8

   8   4

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   2 .   8   8   7

   2 .   9

   3   7

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   2 .   7

   5   2

   2 .   8

   1   2

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   2 .   7

   5   4

   2 .   8

   0   7

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   2 .   8

   4   2

   2 .   8

   9   2

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   C   o   m   p   l   i   c   a   t   i   o   n   s

   a   f   t   e   r   d   e   l   i   v   e   r   y

   3   1

 .   8   %

   3   0

 .   8   %

   3   %

  —

   3   2

 .   0   %

   3   4

 .   0   %

  −   6   %

   *   *   *

   3   0

 .   7   %

   2   9

 .   2   %

   5   %

  —

   2   9

 .   2   %

   2   8

 .   8   %

   1   %

   *   *   *

   3   2

 .   3   %

   3   3

 .   2   %

  −   2   %

   *   *   *

   E   x   t   r   e   m   e   l   y   l   o   w

   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t

   (   p   e   r   c   a   r   d   )

   0 .   2

   %

   1 .   4

   %

  −   8   6   %

   *   *   *

   0 .   3   %

   0 .   4

   %

  −   2   9   %

   *   *   *

   0   %

   2 .   8

   %

  −   1   0   0   %

   *   *   *

   0   %

   2 .   4

   %

  −   1   0   0   %

   *   *   *

   0   %

   3 .   1

   %

  −   1   0   0   %

   *   *   *

   L   o   w   b   i   r   t   h   w   e   i   g   h   t

   (   p   e   r   c   a   r   d   )

   9 .   8

   %

   6 .   8

   %

   4   4   %

  —

   9 .   2   %

   7 .   9

   %

   1   6   %

  —

   1   4

 .   3   %

   7 .   3

   %

   9   5   %

  —

   1   3

 .   6   %

   1   0

 .   4   %

   3   0   %

  —

   8 .   1

   %

   8 .   1

   %

  −   1   %

   *   *   *

   S   u   r   v   i   v   a   l   o   f

   c   h   i   l   d   r   e   n   u   n   d   e   r

   5   y   e   a   r   s

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

  —

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s ,   u   s   i   n

   g   D   e   m   o   g   r   a   p   h   i   c   a   n   d   H   e   a   l   t   h    S   u   r   v   e   y   2   0   0   5

   d   a   t   a .

   a    M   a   t   c   h   i   n   g   m   e   t   h   o   d   :   K

   e   r   n   e   l   E   p   a   n   e   c   h   n   i   k   o   v   (   b   a   n   d   w   i   d   t   h   0 .   0   0   1   ) .

    O   t   h   e   r   m   a   t   c   h   i   n   g   m   e   t   h   o   d   s   w   e   r   e   i   m   p   l   e   m   e   n

   t   e   d   w   i   t   h   v   e   r   y   s   i   m   i   l   a   r   r   e   s   u   l   t   s .   R   e   s   u   l   t   s    f   r   o   m

   t   h   e   s   e   m   e   t   h   o   d   s   c   a   n   b   e   o   b   t   a   i   n   e   d    f   r   o   m   t   h   e   a   u   t   h   o   r   s

   o   n   r   e   q   u   e   s   t .

   b   *   *   *  =   p   <   0 .   0   1 ,   *   *  =   p

   <   0 .   0   5 ,   *  =   p   <   0 .   1 .

   V   o   i   d   c   e   l   l   s   i   n   d   i   c   a   t   e   t   h   a

   t   i   n   s   u    f    fi   c   i   e   n   t   i   n    f   o   r   m   a   t   i   o   n   w   a   s   a   v   a   i   l   a   b   l   e    f   o   r

   t   h   i   s   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   a   n   d   s   u   b  -   s   a   m   p   l   e .

Page 77: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 77/199

67IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

8 Results reported in Giedion and Díaz (2007); urther details available rom the authors.

health care acility when coughing, compared with almost 48 percent

o those who are affiliated. By contrast, the difference in rural areas

is a little larger—30 percent and 40 percent or unaffiliated and affili-

ated children, respectively. Similarly, outpatient visits increase rom

44 percent to 66 percent with affiliation in rural areas, compared with

a slightly more modest increase rom 53 percent to 70 percent with

affiliation in urban areas.

Tese results contrast with Panopoulou’s findings (2001), which

suggest a more important impact or the subsidized regime in urban

areas. Tese differences in outcome by area may be related to the timingo the two studies: Panopoulou used data rom 1997, when implementa-

tion o the subsidized regime on a massive scale had just started, whereas

this study uses data rom 2005, almost one decade afer the reorms

started. Te less-developed rural areas may have needed more time to

adapt to the complexities o the current health care system, not show-

ing a significant effect rom the subsidized regime when it started, but

showing a marked impact a decade later. Te more important impact

in rural areas can possibly be explained by the overall worse healthindicators in rural areas and, consequently, a greater potential or their

improvement. Although the difference is modest, results show that

health care utilization gains are higher or the poorest quintile than

or those in the second income quintile.8

Results rom the health status analysis are largely inconclusive.

With the exception o the incidence o extremely low birth weight (as

indicated on birth certificates), the remaining health status results

are not robust at the national level. Unlike the analysis with uncon-

ditional means, controlling or differences in observed characteristics

by using PSM demonstrates that there is no statistically significant

difference between affiliated and unaffiliated patients in terms o

complications afer delivery; results or low birth weight are also

not statistically significant. Affiliated individuals appear to have a

slightly worse perception o their own health status than do those

who are not affiliated with the subsidized regime (2.84 versus 2.88on a 5-point scale).

Page 78: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 78/199

68 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

9 Health sector reorm was approved in 1993, but significant implementation o the subsidized

regime started only in 1996.

Matched Difference-in-Differences

One criticism o propensity score matching is that it can match individu-als based only on observed variables. Te results can be questioned i

there is reason to believe that there are systematic differences between

affiliated and unaffiliated subjects that are not measured and that also

influence outcome variables. o test whether the previous analysis is

robust with respect to this criticism, we implemented a matched di-

erence-in-differences analysis using a repeated cross-sectional data set

(Demographic and Health Survey, 1995, 2000, and 2005). Tis method is

correct or observed and unobserved time-invariant differences between

the treated and the non-treated (or urther detail see Blundell and Dias,

2000). Because it looks at differences in rates o change in the outcome

 variables beore and afer the subsidized regime was implemented

(19959 and 2005), coefficients cannot be directly compared with those

obtained with PSM.

Te analysis largely confirms the previous findings. For the smaller

set o outcome measures that were available in all three surveys, affili-ation with the subsidized regime is consistently associated with more

important improvement (that is, MDD coefficients indicate change over

time) in access variables or affiliated subjects (able 3.3). Additional

improvement or affiliated people ranges rom 4.2 percentage points or

the probability o giving birth in a health care acility to 42 percentage

points or the number o prenatal visits. Even the probability o having

complete immunization has increased 6 percentage points more or

affiliated subjects between 1995 and 2005. Tis result confirms whathas been ound using PSM. It is a very important finding insoar as

immunization coverage is a proxy or the outcome o a reduced inci-

dence o vaccine-preventable diseases, including tuberculosis, polio,

and tetanus. Te result is even more striking given that immunization

coverage is ree to everyone, irrespective o an individual’s insurance

status; we would thereore not expect better results or those insured

than or those uninsured. Te ormer result indicates that health in-

surance in Colombia generates some positive spillover effects that go

beyond making services more affordable. All o the access variables

Page 79: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 79/199

69IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

were statistically significant at the national and rural levels but less so

in the urban area.

Te more blunt health status measures showed a mixed picture:

no statistically significant differences were ound at the national level

or in urban areas. In rural areas, however, the incidence o low birth

weight and extremely low birth weight, as reported on birth cards, has

dropped more among those affiliated with the subsidized regime.

Discussion

Previous studies documented the unprecedented expansion o health

insurance coverage as a consequence o Colombia’s 1993 health care

TABLE 3.3 Matched Double Difference Estimates of Change in

Health Outcome Variables (1995–2005)

Outcome variables

National Urban Rural

Change

(%)

Signifi-

cancea

Change

(%)

Signifi-

cancea

Change

(%)

Signifi-

cance

Access and utilization

Birth in health care facility 4.3 *** 0.9 — 4.7 **

Birth attended by skilled

professional

5.1 *** 0.7 — 4.4 **

Birth attended by doctor 5.7 *** 0.8 — 6.2 **

Child taken to health

care facility when having

diarrhea

7.4 ** 9.9 ** 15.1 **

Child taken to health care

facility when coughing

10.7 *** 9.0 *** 7.8 **

Child immunization

complete

6.1 *** 4.1 ** 11.8 ***

Number of prenatal visits 42.0 *** 17.2 * 39.1 **

Health status

Extremely low birth weight

(per card)

−0.1 — 0.0 — −0.3 ***

Low birth weight (per card) −0.1 — 0.6 — −2.2 ***

Source: Authors, using Demographic and Health Survey 2005 data.

*** = p < 0.01, ** = p < 0.05, * = p < 0.1.

Page 80: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 80/199

70 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

reorms. Tis study demonstrates that implementing the reorms en-

couraged greater use o health care services and improved access among

those who were able to enroll. Tis conclusion is robust, as shown by

our analysis using a variety o health care use and access measures,

along with different methods to control or other actors that might

influence these results.

A key implication o this result is that any efforts to change the

current system should include precautions against losing these important

gains. Any new policies should be able to show that they are likely to

encourage appropriate use o health care services at least as much asthe current system. Tis does not mean the current system is perect,

only that it has made important advances that should be recognized

and built upon.

Te analysis provides a number o clues to guide uture policies

and analysis. First, many o those affiliated with the subsidized insurance

scheme still report financial barriers to using health care services. Te

major actors that are likely to account or this include the ollowing:

• Te subsidized insurance plan does not cover all health care

services demanded by the population.

• Non–health care costs (transportation, or example) may present

barriers or the affiliated population.

• Individuals may be charged or covered services by mistake or

or illegitimate reasons.

Only urther detailed study can determine how significant these ac-

tors are and whether they are to blame or the existence o financial

barriers. Second, financial barriers are not the only obstacles prevent-

ing people rom using health care services. Supply issues, particularly

in rural areas, continue to be a problem or people affiliated with the

subsidized regime. Social behaviors also seem to play a role: the a-

filiated population used even universally ree services more than the

unaffiliated population did.Tis study sought to determine whether the existence o the

subsidized regime was affecting health status, but did not find any

systematic differences between affiliated residents and those lacking

health insurance. Te only result that holds across methods is the lower

Page 81: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 81/199

71IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

incidence o extremely low birth weight among affiliated children. Te

lack o systematic differences could have a number o reasons. First,

only a ew health status measures were available, most o which were

related to health care services that are available ree o charge regard-

less o insurance coverage. Second, the statistical results were generally

weak. Tird, changes in health status or those who used health care

services or conditions other than those related to maternal, inant,

and early childhood illnesses were not measured in the surveys. A final

implication o these results is to demonstrate the need or better data

on population health status.o analyze whether public health policies are influencing popula-

tion health, a wider range o health status measures is needed—measures

o adult as well as children’s health and measures o conditions directly

influenced by health services, along with those influenced by environ-

mental or social actors. Furthermore, collecting longitudinal data

rom panel surveys would make it possible to learn much more about

how public policy affects health service utilization and health status

while controlling or time-invariant individual actors that requentlyconound analysis. In particular, such data would make it possible to

assess whether health status is influencing health insurance participa-

tion, instead o the opposite.

Conclusions

Te results o this report suggest that the Colombian subsidized health

insurance scheme has not only dramatically increased health insurance

coverage among the poor but has also improved access to and use o

key health services. Affiliated individuals are much less likely to ex-

perience financial barriers when they need care, and they visit health

care acilities much more ofen than similar individuals who are not

affiliated. Affiliated children suffering rom diarrhea or respiratory

inections, still the main causes o premature death among small chil-

dren in Colombia, are also more likely to visit a health care acility. Ingeneral, those living in rural areas appear to benefit more rom insur-

ance affiliation than do their urban counterparts. Similarly, those in

the poorest quintile appear to benefit somewhat more rom affiliation

than those in the second income quintile do.

Page 82: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 82/199

72 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

Complete immunization coverage is higher among affiliated

children, despite the act that access to vaccination is ree or all and

is publicly provided irrespective o insurance status. In rural areas,

where immunization coverage is lower than it is in urban areas, com-

plete vaccination has increased 12 percent among insured residents.

By contrast, it has increased by 6 percent nationally and 4 percent in

urban areas. Tis result is important because immunization coverage

is not only an access indicator but also a close proxy or the outcome

measures o some o the most important diseases among children in

Colombia.Public debates should recognize these gains and any uture policy

changes should build on them. It is also important to begin panel surveys

that include health status variables that are likely to be influenced by the

benefits covered under the current health insurance scheme in order to

develop the kinds o longitudinal data necessary to reach reliable and

 valid estimates or guiding uture policy decisions.

Page 83: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 83/199

73IMPACT  OF SUBSIDIZED HEALTH  INSURANCE  ON HEALTH STATUS, ACCESS, AND USE

References

Acosta, O., C. Karl, J. Misas, et al. 2007. Capacidad potencial de redis-tribución del Sistema General de Seguridad Social en Salud . Bogotá:

Fundación Corona, Universidad del Rosario.

Barón, G. 2007. Cuentas de salud de Colombia 1993–2003: el gasto

nacional en salud y su financiamiento. Bogotá: Ministry o Social

Protection.

Bitrán, R., U. Giedion, R. Muñoz, et al . 2004. Risk pooling, ahorro y pre-

vención: estudio regional de políticas para la protección de los más

 pobres de los efectos de los shocks de salud. El caso de Colombia.

Santiago, Chile: Bitrán y Asociados, World Bank.

Blundell, R., and M.C. Dias. 2000. Evaluation Methods or Non-Exper-

imental Data. Fiscal Studies 21(4): 427–68.

Buchmueller, ., R. Kronick, et al . 2005. Te Effect o Health Insurance

on Medical Care Utilization and Implications or Insurance

Expansion: A Review o the Literature.  Medical Care Research

and Review 62(1): 3–30.Escobar, M.L. 2005. Health Sector Reorm in Colombia. Development

Outreach 7(2): 6–9, 22.

Flórez, C.E., U. Giedion, and R. Pardo. 2007. Financial Protection in

Colombia: Te Mitigating Impact of Social Health Insurance. Wash-

ington: Inter-American Development Bank.

Gaviria, A., C. Medina, and C. Mejía. 2006. Evaluating the Impact of

Health Care Reform in Colombia: From Teory to Practice. Center

or Economic and Development Studies Document No. 2006–06.Bogotá: Universidad de los Andes.

Gaviria, A., and M.M. Palau. 2006. Nutrición y salud infantil en Colom-

bia: determinantes y alternativas de política. Bogotá: Universidad

de los Andes.

Giedion, U., and Y. Díaz. 2007. Te Impact o Health Insurance on Access,

Utilization and Health Status: Te Case o Colombia. Unpublished

manuscript prepared or the World Bank.

Lasso, F., H. López, and J. Núñez. 2004. Incidencia del gasto público social

sobre la distribución del ingreso y la reducción de la pobreza. Bogotá:

Misión para el Diseño de una Estrategia para la Reducción de la

Pobreza y la Desigualdad.

Page 84: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 84/199

74 GIEDION, DÍAZ, ALFONSO, AND SAVEDOFF

Levy, H., and D. Meltzer. 2001. What Do We Really Know about Whether

Health Insurance Affects Health? Economic Research Initiative

on the Uninsured Working Paper 6. Ann Arbor: University o

Michigan.

McLaughlin, C.G., and L. Wyszewianski. 2002. Access to Care: Remem-

bering Old Lessons. Health Services Research 37(6).

Ministerio de la Protección Social. 2006. Informe Cuatrienio al Hono-

rable Congreso de la República, 2002–2006 . Bogotá: Ministry o

Social Protection.

Panopoulou, G. 2001. Affiliation and the Demand for Health Care by thePoor in Colombia. Sussex, UK: University o Sussex Department

o Economics.

Penchansky, R., and J.W. Tomas. 1981. Te Concept o Access: Defi-

nition and Relationship to Consumer Satisaction. Medical Care 

19(2): 127–40.

rujillo, A.J., and J.E. Portillo. 2005. Te Impact o Subsidized Health

Insurance or the Poor: Evaluating the Colombian Experience

Using Propensity Score Matching. International Journal of HealthCare Finance and Economics 5: 211–39.

Page 85: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 85/199

Page 86: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 86/199

76 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

Social Security in Health), ostering quality-based competition among

providers.

Tis chapter describes the transormation experienced by the

hospital sector during the implementation o the Colombian health

sector reorms. It begins by providing a historical perspective describ-

ing the hospital system prior to the reorms and then discusses the

expectations o the reormers and the difficulties encountered during

the implementation o the reorms. Te chapter then describes the recent

program or the modernization, reorganization, and redesign o the

public hospital networks and the results achieved to date. Te chapterconcludes by discussing the effect o the reorms on the efficiency and

quality o public hospitals in Colombia and provides lessons or other

countries.

Hospital Services before the Reforms of 1993

At the beginning o the twentieth century, health care in Colombia was

provided either by physicians trained in Europe, who took care o theelite, or by healers who practiced olk medicine and looked afer the

majority o the population. Te first hospitals constructed in the country

were sanatoriums run by the Catholic Church (Barco, 1988).

In 1925, strong labor unions negotiated better employment benefits

with their employers, including health care coverage. Te police and the

military were the first to obtain a prepaid package o health services that

also covered their dependents. In 1945, the central government created

a social security und (Caja Nacional de Previsión), providing health

coverage to government employees. Similarly, the Instituto Colombiano

de Seguros Sociales (ICSS; Colombian Institute o Social Security) was

created a year later to cover private-sector workers (World Bank, 1987).

Other social security unds ollowed, covering specific proessions.

In the 1950s, hospital inrastructure grew strikingly. Sanatoriums

evolved into proper hospitals, but maintained their aith-related orga-

nizational and managerial culture. Te Ministry o Health initiatedthe construction o publicly run and financed hospitals in the larger

cities and departments. Simultaneously, private initiatives generated

the development o private hospitals, which provided services to those

who were able to pay.

Page 87: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 87/199

Page 88: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 88/199

78 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

the traditional pyramid system, in which the majority o care was

provided at the bottom o the pyramid by small institutions offering

simpler services:

• Level 1 hospitals comprised local hospitals, health centers, and

health posts, providing outpatient ambulatory care and inpatient

general medicine services.

• Level 2 hospitals included regional hospitals, providing inpatient

services or internal, obstetric, pediatric, and general medicine

services o intermediate complexity.• Level 3 hospitals encompassed tertiary and teaching hospitals,

providing inpatient services or internal, obstetric, pediatric, and

specialized medical services o advanced complexity.

Te design and planning o the SNS was based on the assump-

tion that 80 percent o patient encounters would take place in level 1

hospitals. Fifeen percent o hospital visits would be to level 2 hospitals

and the remaining 5 percent to level 3 hospitals.Te second national health survey, conducted in 1977, showed

an overall improvement in the access to and use o hospital services,

but also persistent geographical disparities. For example, Bogotá re-

corded a hospitalization rate o 6.5 percent, while the Atlantic region

had a rate o only 4.0 percent. At the same time, affiliation with social

security unds increased and about 16 percent o the population was

hospitalized in institutions affiliated with social security. Affiliation

with social security also meant improved access to hospital services:

while individuals enrolled in social security institutions showed a

hospitalization rate o 9.9 percent, those not enrolled presented a rate

o 4.2 percent (Pabón, 1983).

Te Estudio Nacional de Hospitales (National Hospitals Study)

conducted in 1986, however, reported that public hospitals had a gen-

erally low level o productivity and that the occupancy rate or public

hospital beds had decreased by 56 percent since the 1969 MedicalCare Institutions Study. Te gradient in bed occupancy rate according

to level o complexity was also worrisome: while the occupancy rate

among level 3 hospitals was, on average, 74.8 percent, it reached only

40.4 percent among level 1 hospitals.

Page 89: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 89/199

79PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

Te National Hospitals Study also reported the occurrence o

periodic crises, strikes, and shutdowns, which had affected Colom-

bian hospitals almost every year since 1964. Te causes were the poor

managerial capacity o hospital executives, chronic delays in trans-

erring resources to hospitals, and widespread episodes o cronyism,

nepotism, and political intererence in contracting hospital personnel

(Yepes, et al., 1986).

During the mid-1980s, Colombia engaged in a proound adminis-

trative and political decentralization process. In 1986, Congress created

independent municipalities run by elected officials responsible or thewell-being o their residents and authorized to und municipal social

programs with resources raised through local taxes. Health system

organization, however, continued to be the exclusive responsibility o

the central government until the enactment o Law 10 in 1990. Tis law

transerred to sub-national entities (departments and municipalities)

responsibility or the delivery o health services, including the owner-

ship o hospital inrastructure and the responsibility or managing

health care personnel. Simultaneously, Colombia was rewriting itsconstitution, finally approved in 1991, which established “the right

to health and to universal and equitable health care services,” along

with the mandate or a decentralized administration and provision o

health services.

At the beginning o the 1990s, 982 hospitals were unctioning

in Colombia, o which 705 were public institutions. Te SNS was

struggling to ensure the constitutional right to universal and equi-

table health care, however. First, the reerral system designed or the

SNS, in which patients accessed the system through level 1 hospitals

and subsequently were reerred to level 2 and 3 hospitals according to

the complexity and severity o their needs, did not work as expected.

Level 1 hospitals were unable to satisy patients’ needs because o

chronic deficiencies in the availability o human resources, drugs, and

other medical goods. Patients thereore ofen went to level 3 hospitals

directly, which were better stocked and perceived as providing a bet-ter quality o care. Level 1 and 2 hospitals were thereore underused

and demand or hospital services was concentrated in level 3 hospi-

tals, creating delays in the provision o services and dissatisaction

among users.

Page 90: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 90/199

80 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

Second, notwithstanding its mandate, the SNS did not manage to

integrate public, private, and social security institutions. Tus, in some

geographical areas, public hospitals were duplicating the services pro-

 vided by private and social security institutions, creating inefficiencies

in the organization o services (Barco, 1988). Tird, tertiary and teaching

institutions (level 3 hospitals) were better able to leverage the political

support required to secure resources, at the expenses o level 1 and 2

hospitals, which were suffering chronic shortages o human resources,

medications, and other medical goods.

Inefficiencies, lack o proper cost controls, and delays in the transero resources produced periodic financial crises, paralysis o activities,

shutdowns, and strikes. Te only possibility or public hospitals to keep

unctioning was to rely on government bailouts (ono, 2002).

First Phase of the Reform: 1993–2002

In 1993, in observance o the new constitutional principles o decen-

tralization, universality, and cohesiveness in health, Congress approvedLaw 100, a comprehensive health care reorm bill that aimed to establish

universal health insurance and to oster competition among insurers

and health service providers. Te reorms created the General System

or Social Security in Health, separating the three key unctions o

financing, “stewardship,” and health services delivery.

On the financing side, the reorms created the Entidades Promotoras

de Salud (EPS; Health Promotion Entities). EPSs were responsible or

mobilizing financial resources and, acting as insurers, using resources to

purchase health services on behal o the enrolled population. Tese finan-

cial resources consisted o the payroll contributions o enrollees working

in the ormal sector and capitated units set by the central government and

paid by municipalities or the poor. Te unction o the EPSs in the SGSSS

was called “articulation,” as they coordinated the enrolled population’s

demand or health services with the providers o health services and the

sources o unds. Te law mandated that the enrolled population be givenreedom to choose their preerred EPS. EPSs, however, could select either

private or public care providers. Te result was an environment in which

both EPSs and health services providers would compete on the basis o

the quality o services offered (Londoño and Frenk, 1997).

Page 91: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 91/199

81PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

1 Te Ministry o Social Protection was established in February 2003, merging the ministries

o health and labor.

Te Ministry o Health, and subsequently the Ministerio de la

Protección Social (MPS; Ministry o Social Protection),1 was the steward

and regulator o the SGSSS. Te MPS defined the licensing require-

ments or EPSs and providers, the health benefits plans, the amount

o the payroll contribution, the value o the capitated units received by

the EPSs, and so on. Finally, the departmental and municipal health

secretariats were granted ownership o public hospitals and responsibil-

ity or coordinating the provision o health care services within their

catchment areas.

he 1993 reorms also aected the organization, inancing,and management o public hospitals. Te reorms converted public

hospitals rom hierarchical bureaucracies into parastatal corpora-

tions with increased managerial autonomy and exposed to market

competition. Tis was achieved by transorming public hospitals into

state social enterprises that were decentralized public-sector entities

with legal status, ownership o assets, administrative autonomy, and

access to private-sector procurement and contracting laws. Each state

social enterprise established a board o directors, with private-sectorand community participation, and was given the mandate to provide

health services through explicitly remunerated contracts, to cover their

operational costs.

Te changes or public hospitals were both revolutionary and

challenging. As state social enterprises, public hospitals rapidly began to

generate revenue by signing contracts or health service provision with

EPSs. As o 2000, all level 2 and 3 public hospitals had been converted

into state social enterprises, along with 60 percent o level 1 acilities

(Sáenz, 2001).

Te reorms also modified the financing o hospital services, in-

troducing the transormation o supply-side subsidies into demand-side

subsidies (Londoño, Jaramillo, and Uribe 2001). Beore the reorms,

public hospitals received unds rom central and local governments

based on their historical budgets, without relationship to the level

o services provided, the population’s health needs, or health out-comes. Under the new system, public unds are directed to the EPSs

Page 92: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 92/199

82 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

as subsidies that finance the health insurance o the poor and are

subsequently transerred to public hospitals as remuneration or the

services they provide.

Te hypothesis o the architects o the reorms was that the new

contracting arrangements would encourage efficiency and stimulate

quality (Londoño and Frenk, 1997). Tus, the transormation was en-

 visaged to be financially neutral and to improve efficiency and quality

o health services. Law 100 also mandated that the government estab-

lish a compulsory quality-assurance system based on the ollowing

principles:

• Te definition o a compulsory minimum standard o care;

• Te voluntary accreditation o hospitals and EPSs to certiy a

superior standard o care;

• Te implementation o a medical auditing ramework to ensure

a systematic monitoring and evaluation system; and

• Te dissemination o inormation about providers’ and EPSs’

quality o services to allow inormed choices and quality-basedcompetition.

In the context o the existing decentralization process, departmen-

tal and municipal health secretariats were given the responsibility o

coordinating providers into networks, ensuring sufficient vertical and

horizontal integration among the different levels o care, and ensuring

adequate complementarities between public and private hospitals.

Public hospitals, converted into autonomous institutions, were

expected to respond to the incentives set by the reorms by ocusing

on the delivery o high-quality services to attract demand. In the

meantime, they were to re-engineer their managerial structures and

enhance their managerial skills to engage in explicit remunerated

contracts with the EPSs.

Te health reorms were supposed to be phased in over seven years.

By then the entire population was expected to be covered by health in-surance. During the transition period, public hospitals were mandated

to provide care or poor people not yet insured; public unds provided

by central and local entities would be made available to pay or these

services. Once universal coverage was reached, the transormation o

Page 93: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 93/199

Page 94: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 94/199

84 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

regulatory capabilities required by the new system rapidly enough. Te

Superintendencia Nacional de Salud, the SGSSS’s newly established

oversight agency, aced similar institutional capacity shortcomings

(Plaza, Barona, and Hearst, 2001).

Decentralization and Limited Integration of Public Hospital Networks

Te decentralization process meant a significant increase in public

unds managed by departmental and municipal health secretariats.

However, with ew exceptions, departments and municipalities were notprepared to take over the administration o health services providers,

including the network o public hospitals (Londoño et al., 2001). Te

capacity to develop provider networks, integrating the different levels o

hospital care with clear reerral and counter-reerral paths, was limited.

Hospitals lacked planning capacity and instruments to estimate the

population’s health needs, and many departments and municipalities

expanded the supply o hospital services in a haphazard ashion (Sojo,

2000). Te new investments created duplication o existing services andincreased hospital operational costs, putting the financial sustainability

o the entire health system at risk.

Limited Capacity of Some Health Promotion Entities

Te majority o EPSs, in ulfillment o their licensing requirements,

created networks o public and private providers, with some marked

integration and clear reerral paths. EPSs started to behave like insurers,

managing the health risk o the affiliated population, adopting cost-

effective preventive, screening, and early detection measures. In contrast,

however, some EPSs, especially those managing the subsidized health

insurance targeted to the poor, were acting as mere financial interme-

diaries, transerring their enrollees’ risks to the hospitals by contracting

all ambulatory and hospital services in large capitated packages.

Limitation of the Managed Competition Model 

Te responsiveness o private hospitals and EPSs in smaller and less-

developed territories was overestimated. In a country like Colombia,

Page 95: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 95/199

85PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

with large regional disparities, the market naturally draws private-sector

suppliers, particularly the high-quality ones, to serve the high-income

population segment, usually covered by contributory health insurance

(Ocampo, 1996). Competition was also limited by a provision o Law 344

o 1996, which restricted EPSs’ reedom to contract hospital services

rom private providers.

Limited Hospital Autonomy and Managerial Capacity 

Te incomplete transormation o public finances orced hospitalsto respond to two opposing sets o incentives. A portion o hospital

revenue derived rom the services contracted by EPSs. Tus, an EPS’s

patients became the ocus o the hospital’s attention, because these

patients could switch providers. In contrast, a significant portion o

hospital revenue was still transerred directly rom health secretari-

ats to cover the costs o the services used by poor patients not yet

insured.

Te latter source o finances responded to political rather thanmarket orces. In some cases, public hospital managers used their au-

tonomy poorly, hiring unnecessary personnel and authorizing wage

increases above public-sector norms. Tese actions caused a marked

increase in overall public hospital expenditures and created the basis

o their financial crisis.

High Labor Costs in Public Hospitals

Although state social enterprises were autonomous institutions, rigid

public-sector labor laws regulated the personnel that hospitals hired

beore their conversion into state social enterprises. At the time o the

reorms, public hospitals had in place collective labor agreements that

set public hospital workers’ wages an average o 30 to 40 percent higher

than those o their peers in private institutions (Londoño et al., 2001).

Te marked increase in personnel expenditures was or the most partgenerated by an effort in 1995 to standardize wages in the public sector

nationally. Tus, labor flexibility in the first phase o the reorms was

limited and public hospitals aced a critical obstacle in competing with

private-sector hospitals.

Page 96: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 96/199

86 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

Delays in Cash Flow 

Te decentralization process proposed that health subsidies directedto the poor be transerred to municipalities and subsequently to public

hospitals, either directly or those not insured or through contracts

signed with EPSs or insured patients. As a prerequisite or receiving

these unds, however, municipalities needed to meet specific technical,

financial, and institutional development requirements and be certified 

by the Ministry o Finance.

In contrast, the financing chain in uncertified municipalities was

tortuous, involving prior authorizations rom the Ministry o Finance,

the Ministry o Health, the department and its assembly, the municipal-

ity and its council, and the relevant EPS. Te situation was no better in

a large number o certified municipalities, especially the smaller ones,

which experienced significant delays in receiving the unds earmarked

to subsidize the capitated units managed by the EPS, which, in turn, ran

up payment arrears with health service providers. As a result, delays

and arrears produced cash-flow problems or public hospitals, the finallink o the resource chain (Londoño et al., 2001; Sojo, 2000).

By 2002, public hospitals were undergoing a severe and general-

ized financial crisis. Te reorms had been only partially implemented,

as enrollment had reached only 58 percent o the population and the

transormation o hospital financing had affected only 50 percent o

hospital revenue. In contrast, hospitals’ expenditures were increasing as

a result o higher labor costs, uncollected revenue, and limited manage-

rial capacity in billing EPSs and municipalities or the services providedto the population. Te overall result was a marked deteriorated in the

financial condition o public hospitals. By 1995, public hospitals had

started to maniest structural deficits, which increased continuously

thereafer (Figure 4.1).

Te partial implementation o the reorms trapped the central

government in a costly, vicious cycle: without universal insurance

coverage, it was not possible to transer enough resources through the

contracting o services to ensure the financial sustainability o hospitals.

However, it was not possible to increase insurance coverage as long as

resources were tied up to pay or the services used by the poor not yet

insured (Giedion and López, 2000).

Page 97: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 97/199

87PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

By 2002, the situation had orced the government to consider two

alternatives. Te first option was to return to the pre-reorm central-

ized hierarchical health services delivery model, in which the central

government controlled public hospital budgets, thus renouncing the

demand-side subsidies introduced by the reorms. Te second option was

to address the roots o the problems that were impeding the effective-

ness o the new model o care: strengthen hospital autonomy, increase

labor flexibility, and enhance the managerial capacity o hospitals and

local health secretariats.

Te new administration elected in 2002 decided to maintain the

original design o the 1993 health reorms. Te National Development

Plan or 2003–06 provided or the implementation o a national pro-gram that would aggressively redesign, modernize, and reorganize the

public hospital networks.

Te existing evidence supported the validity o the new model

o care. For example, Sáenz (2001) showed that in Bogotá, hospitals

FIGURE 4.1  Deficit of Public Hospitals, 1994–2000

(Millions of Pesos)

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

2000 2005

    T    M    I    (    %   o    ) Contributory

Subsidized

Unaffiliated

–1,000,000

–800,000

–600,000

–400,000

–200,000

200,000

400,000

1994 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 20031995 1996 1997 2004

All Levels

Level I

Level II

Level III

Trend, all levels

Source: Ministry of Social Protection.

Page 98: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 98/199

88 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

that had adopted modern managerial strategies were also successul

in reaching financial solvency. Giedion, Morales, and Acosta (2001)

confirmed that the more autonomous hospitals o Bogotá were also

the ones with the least irregular behavior. Peñaloza’s analysis (2004)

showed that hospital competition was directly related to efficiency and

that government transers had the opposite effect.

Reorganization, Modernization, and Redesign

of the Public Hospital Networks: 2002 to Date

Te objective o the redesign, modernization, and reorganization pro-

gram was to achieve the financial sustainability o Colombian public

hospitals while improving efficiency and quality o service.

Te program was based on a pilot project, implemented in 1999,

that bailed out 26 indebted hospitals. Tat experience suggested that

public hospitals could become financially viable i existing debts were

paid in conjunction with both structural adjustments to render labor

costs more flexible and key investments to modernize hospitals’ mana-gerial capacity. Tis program had been implemented in 179 hospitals

as o 2007; the participation o an additional 263 hospitals is under

examination.

Te first stage o the program is the redesign o the hospital network

o an entire department. Te pilot project showed that to optimize the

scale o a single hospital it is necessary to take into account the entire

departmental network. Tereore, the portolio o services provided by

each institution is determined, taking into account the demographic

and epidemiological profile o the population it serves, the availability

o both public and private providers, and the geography o the depart-

ment, including the communication and transportation networks.

Te proposal or network redesign defines the portolio and volume

o health services each provider produces, and it is assessed jointly by

the Ministry o Social Protection and the Departamento Nacional de

Planeación (National Planning Department).Te second phase is the elaboration o the reorganization proposal.

Te hospital, jointly with the departmental health secretariat and the

Ministry o Social Protection, determines the staff required to deliver

the desired portolio o services, the cost o the severance package

Page 99: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 99/199

89PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

required to achieve the optimal staffing level, and the amount o other

outstanding debts to suppliers.

he third stage o the program is the modernization   o the

hospitals and health secretariats. In this phase, hospitals and health

secretariats implement the investments required to improve the man-

agement processes and enhance the efficiency and the quality o the

services they provide.

Once the redesign, reorganization, and modernization proposal is

developed, the governor o the department, the mayor, and the directors

o the hospitals participating in the program sign 10-year perormanceagreements with the central government. Te agreements speciy annual

perormance targets or production, quality o care, and cost reduction

or every participating hospital. In exchange, the hospitals involved in the

program receive the unds required or implementing the reorganization

and modernization plans. I hospitals do not meet the agreed perormance

targets, the central government can orce the departments and the mu-

nicipalities to pay back the unds provided to bail out the hospitals.

able 4.1 shows the aggregated results or the first 179 participat-ing hospitals two years afer the inception o the program. On average,

hospitals increased the production o health services significantly, while

reducing production costs. Hospitals managed to reduce the total annual

deficit by 84.8 percent in only two years (the positive results o the pro-

gram in reducing overall hospital deficit are also shown in Figure 4.1).

o veriy that the results are attributable to the intervention, a

quasi-experimental impact evaluation o the program was carried out.

Te evaluation compared hospitals that participated in the program

with others o similar size and complexity (the evaluation was not truly

scientific, as participation in the program was voluntary). Te baseline

inormation was rom 2004; subsequent measurements were taken in

2006. Te evaluation included 68 hospitals participating in the program

and a control group comprising 231 comparable hospitals (Peñaloza

Quintero et al., 2007).

Te first group o indicators relates to the production o healthservices, distinguishing between ambulatory, inpatient, and health

promotion and disease prevention services. Te second group o indica-

tors is composed o efficiency targets, such as the turnover o operating

theaters and hospital beds, occupancy rate, and average length o stay.

Page 100: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 100/199

90 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

Finally, we present results related to quality indicators, such as hospital

mortality and inection rates.

able 4.2 shows the change in production o health services between

the baseline year (2004) and 2006, comparing hospitals participating

in the program with the control group.

Even i the results are not univocal, it is possible to appreciate that

level 1 hospitals participating in the program increased production and

TABLE 4.1 Results of the Hospital Redesign, Modernization, and

Reorganization Program

Indicator Year 0 Year 2*

Variation

 Year 0–2

(%)

Production

Ambulatory care (number of visits) 2,879,560 3,583,892 24.5

Surgical care (number of surgeries and deliveries) 281,103 335,512 19.4

Total standardized hospital production units 4,444,136 5,055,679 13.8

Expenditures

Total (2004 million pesos) 915,451 794,472 –13.2

Expenditures per hospital production unit

(2004 million pesos)

205,991 157,145 –23.7

Deficit

Deficit (2004 million pesos) –321,015 –48,938 –84.8

Source: Consejo Nacional de Política Económica y Social (2006).

*  Adjusted for inflation.

TABLE 4.2 Change in Production of Health Services, 2004–06

Ambulatory (%) Inpatient (%)

Health promotion,

disease prevention (%)

Type of

hospital

Parti-

cipating

Not parti-

cipating

Parti-

cipating

Not parti-

cipating

Parti-

cipating

Not parti-

cipating

Level 1 0.37 2.82 –24.14 –41.94 8.80 2.58

Level 2 3.86 –5.06 3.78 19.27 — —

Level 3 –6.87 –0.12 30.91 6.66 — —

Source: Peñaloza Quintero et al., 2007.

Page 101: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 101/199

91PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

perormed better than hospitals not participating in health promotion

and disease prevention and inpatient services, but underperormed in

the production o ambulatory services. In the case o level 2 hospitals,

those participating in the program perormed better in the production

o ambulatory services, but worse in the production o inpatient services.

Finally, level 3 hospitals showed a reduction in outpatient services but

larger growth in inpatient services.

able 4.3 compares the variation in the efficiency indicators be-

tween the baseline year (2004) and 2006. In relation to the turnover

o operating theaters, level 2 hospitals participating in the programunderperormed hospitals not participating, but the opposite hap-

pened among level 3 hospitals. However, all three levels o hospital

participating in the program managed to improve perormance related

to hospital bed turnover.

Te results o the evaluation also indicate an important influence

o the program on length o stay and bed occupancy rates, as shown in

able 4.4. Hospitals participating in the program reduced the average

length o stay, on average, by 33.77 percent and increased the bed oc-cupancy rate by 40.77 percent. In contrast, hospitals not participating

in the program increased the average length o stay by 14.27 percent

and bed occupancy rate by only 6.70 percent.

Finally, the analysis o a productivity index, constructed as the

ratio between total expenditures and total services provided, showed

that hospitals participating in the program managed to control costs

better than hospitals not participating (able 4.5).

Page 102: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 102/199

92 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

As part o the evaluation o the program, a satisaction survey

was conducted in August 2006 involving 4,021 patients in 48 public

hospitals. Te survey was designed to represent hospitals participating

in the program and constructed a control group o patients hospitalized

in comparable hospitals not participating in the program. Te quality

o care was appraised as good, achieving 3.98 on a scale rom 0 (worst)

to 5 (best); the average waiting time to obtain the care required was

55.3 minutes. Hospitals participating in the program scored better

than did hospitals in the control group on the various dimensions o

quality o care, waiting time, acilities and equipment, and cleanliness,

although the differences were not statistically significant (CabreraArana, 2006).

Te Ministry o Social Protection inormation system shows that

public hospitals, in aggregate, have improved perormance in recent

years. Figure 4.2 shows the improvement in the transormation o public

TABLE 4.4 Use of Hospital Beds: Variation, 2004–06

Average lengthof stay (% change) Occupancy rates (% change)

Type of

hospital Participating

Not

participating Participating

Not

participating

Level 1 –46.94 11.40 70.74 12.70

Level 2 6.59 21.77 29.57 2.03

Level 3 –50.81 9.74 –2.48 –3.24

All hospitals –33.77 14.27 40.77 6.70

Source: Peñaloza Quintero et al., 2007.

TABLE 4.5 Productivity Index: Variation, 2004–06

Variation, 2004–06 (%)

Type of hospital Participating Not participating

Level 1 –25.26 6.48Levels 2 and 3 –11.03 71.90

All hospitals –20.8 21.88

Source: Peñaloza Quintero et al., 2007.

Page 103: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 103/199

93PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

hospital financing. In 2003, sales to EPSs amounted to 40 percent o

public hospital revenue (33 percent or services used by the poor a-

filiated with the subsidized regime and 7 percent or services used by

patients affiliated with the contributory regime). ransers rom the

municipalities or services used by poor uninsured patients represented

45 percent o total revenue. Tree years later the situation had reversed:

sales to EPSs amounted to 47 percent o public hospital revenue and

transers rom the municipalities had decreased to 39 percent.

Te health services research literature considers the use o elec-

tive services or non-urgent care an indicator o the level o acces-

sibility o appropriate health care services. Tus, the increased use oelective services versus emergency consultations, shown in Figure 4.3,

can be attributed, all other things being equal, to improved access to

appropriate types o care, improved coordination o care, and better

administrative and planning capacity o both hospitals and local health

FIGURE 4.2  Sources of Revenue for Public Hospitals

33%

7%

46%

14%

34%

7%

45%

14%

36%

6%

43%

15%

40%

7%

39%

14%

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

50%

Sales to EPS-subsidized

Sales to EPS-contributory

Uninsured Others

2003 2004 2005 2005

Source: Ministry of Social Protection.

Page 104: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 104/199

Page 105: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 105/199

95PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

improved administrative and planning capacity o both hospitals and

health secretariats.

Conclusions and Lessons for Other Countries

As McKee and Healy have stated (2002), hospitals are rigid structures,

composed o imposing buildings and equipment and led by societal

leaders who are markedly averse to change. Nonetheless, a popula-

tion’s needs and the health care sector are continuously evolving,

orcing health services providers to evolve with them. Such is the caseo Colombia.

Te Colombian hospital sector has evolved significantly since the

inception o the 1993 health sector reorms. Te new hospital financ-

ing scheme and the separation between financing and care provision

provided an important stimulus or the privately run institutions,

which have started to increase in number since the beginning o the

reorms (Figure 4.5).

In the late 1990s, departmental and municipal health secretariatssupported the expansion o new hospitals, in some cases doubling the

capacity o existing institutions. Only recently has the number o public

FIGURE 4.5  Number of Hospitals in Colombia, 1990–2004

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1990 1993 1995 1998 2000 2002 2004

PrivatePublic Social security

Year

Source: Ministry of Social Protection.

Page 106: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 106/199

Page 107: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 107/199

97PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

Te descriptive results presented in this chapter suggest that the

hospital network redesign, reorganization, and modernization program

improved the efficiency and quality o the hospitals participating in the

program. Te overall deficit o the sector decreased, contributing to the

financial sustainability o the entire health system.

Tese results are in agreement with those o McPake et al . (2003)

and Gamboa, Vargas, and Arellano (2004), who expressed skepticism

about the Colombian reorm model, yet reported evidence o increased

productivity and sustained quality despite declining numbers o em-

ployees.Te findings o this chapter are consistent with those o Bogue,

Hall, and La Forgia (2007), who conducted a study o results o reorms

in our countries, including Colombia, confirming that autonomy and

better management practices are associated with efficiency and patient

satisaction. Tere is evidence o a positive and significant association

between competition and perceived quality o hospital care, defined as

the availability o adequate options or treatment, the timing o care,

quality o personal care, and health inrastructure (Pinto, 2002).Tis chapter suggests that public hospital reorm is a key ingre-

dient o health care reorm. However, the enactment o the legislation

necessary to grant hospital autonomy, corporatization, and financing

transormation is not sufficient or a successul hospital reorm process

i preexisting debts, a rigid labor structure, and insufficient managerial

and planning capacity saddle the sector.

o be successul, the reorm process should also include decisive

actions to adapt the labor structure to the new level and range o ser-

 vices offered and to be compatible with the revenue available. In ad-

dition, measures are needed to improve the managerial and planning

capacity o the system and to reduce the burden o preexisting debt.

Only in this way were Colombian public hospitals able to break with

the previous modus operandi and improve their productivity and the

quality o their services.

We thank Diego Palacio and Blanca Cajigas, without

whom this chapter would not have been possible.

Page 108: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 108/199

98 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

References

Barco, V., ed. 1988. El problema de los hospitales. Una vía de soluciónen el marco del sistema nacional de salud. In Así Estamos Cum-

 pliendo. Vol. X: Análisis y evaluación de la situación realizados por

La Previsora S.A. Bogotá: Presidencia de la República.

Barón, G. 2007. Cuentas de salud de Colombia 1996–2003. El gasto de salud

 y su financiamiento. Bogotá: Ministerio de la Protección Social.

Bogue, R.J., C.H. Hall, and G.M. La Forgia. 2007. Hospital Governance

in Latin America. Results from a Four Nation Study . Washington:

World Bank.

Cabrera Arana, G.A. 2006. Línea base de la calidad percibida por usuarios

de IPS/Programa de reorganización, rediseño y modernización de

redes de servicios. Medellín: Universidad de Antioquia, Ministerio

de la Protección Social.

Castaño, R., R. Bitrán, and U. Gideon. 2004. Monitoring and Evaluating

Hospital Automization and Its Effects on Priority Health Services.

Bethesda, MD: Partners or Health Reorm plus Project, AbtAssociates.

Consejo Nacional de Política Económica y Social. 2006. Concepto

avorable a la nación para contratar empréstitos externos con la

banca multilateral con el fin de financiar parcialmente el pro-

grama de reorganización, rediseño y modernización de redes de

prestación de servicios de salud para las vigencias 2006–2007.

CONPES Document No. 3415. Bogotá: Departamento Nacional

de Planeación.Constitución Política de Colombia. 1991. Imprenta Nacional. Bogotá.

Gamboa, ., V. Vargas, and M. Arellano. 2004. Eficiencia de la aten-

ción en salud y flexibilidad laboral en Colombia. Gaceta Laboral  

10(02): 143–64.

Gaviria, A., C. Medina, and C. Mejía. 2006. Evaluating the Impact of

Health Care Reform in Colombia. From Teory to Practice. Centro

de Estudios Sobre Desarrollo Económica Document No. 2006–06.

Bogotá: Universidad de los Andes.

Giedion, U., and A. López. 2000. Evaluación de la transformación de

subsidios de oferta a demanda, 1994–2000.  Bogotá: Ministerio

de Salud.

Page 109: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 109/199

99PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

Giedion, U., L.G. Morales, and O.L. Acosta. 2001. Efectos de la reforma

sobre las conductas irregulares en los hospitales públicos: el caso de

Bogotá, Distrito Capital, Colombia.  Research Network Working

Paper No. R-426. Washington: Inter-American Development

Bank.

Harding, A., and A.S. Preker. 2003. A Conceptual Framework or the

Organizational Reorms o Hospitals. In Innovations in Health

Service Delivery , eds. A.S. Preker and A. Harding. Vol. I: Te

Corporatization of Public Hospitals. Washington: World Bank.

Jakab, M., A. Preker, A. Harding, et al . 2002. Te Introduction of Mar-ket Forces in the Public Hospital Sector. From New Public Sector

 Management to Organizational Reform. HNP Discussion Paper

No. 28883. Washington: World Bank.

Kellerman, A.L. 1994. Nonurgent Emergency Department Visits: Meet-

ing an Unmet Need. Journal of the American Medical Association 

271: 1953–54.

Londoño, B., I. Jaramillo, and J.P. Uribe. 2001. Descentralización y reforma

en los servicios de salud: el caso colombiano. Human DevelopmentDepartment. LCSHD Paper Series No. 65. Washington: World

Bank.

Londoño, J.L. 2003. Activar el pluralismo en el trópico. Reorma de la

atención de la salud en Colombia. In Servicios de salud en América

Latina y Asia, eds. C.G. Molina and J. Núñez del Arco. Washington:

Inter-American Development Bank.

Londoño, J.L., and J. Frenk. 1997. Structured Pluralism: owards an

Innovative Model or Health System Reorm in Latin America.

Health Policy  41: 1–36.

McKee, M., and J. Healy. 2002. Te Significance o Hospitals: An In-

troduction. In Hospitals in a Changing Europe, eds. M. McKee

and J. Healy. Buckingham: World Health Organization, Open

University Press.

McPake, B., F. Yepes, S. Lake, et al . 2003. Is the Colombian Health Sys-

tem Reorm Improving the Perormance o Public Hospitals inBogotá? Health Policy and Planning  18(2): 182–94.

Ministerio de Salud. 1972. Methods and Results. Study of Human Resources

 for Health and Medical Education in Colombia. Bogotá: Ministerio

de Salud, Colombian Association o Medical Faculties.

Page 110: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 110/199

100 TONO, CUETO, GIUFFRIDA, ARANGO, AND  LÓPEZ

———. 1973. Estudio de instituciones de atención médica. Recurso Insti-

tucional . Bogotá: Ministerio de Salud, Colombian Association o

Medical Faculties.

Nelson, J.M. 2000. Te Politics of Social Sector Reforms. Washington:

Overseas Development Council.

Ocampo, J.A. 1996. Participación privada en la provisión de los servicios

sociales: el caso colombiano. Coyuntura Social No. 14. Bogotá:

FEDESARROLLO.

Pabón, A. 1983. Población y mortalidad general.  Vol. I:  Morbilidad

sentida 1977–80. Estudio Nacional de Salud. Bogotá: Ministeriode Salud.

Peñaloza, M.C. 2004. Evaluación de la eficiencia en instituciones hospita-

larias públicas y privadas con data envelopment analysis. Programa

de Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo. Investigaciones Sobre

Desarrollo Social en Colombia, Cuaderno No. 3. Bogotá: Ministerio

de la Protección Social.

Peñaloza Quintero, E., J.L. Amaya, D. Ballesteros, et al . 2007. Evaluación

de medio término del programa de reorganización, rediseño y mo-dernización de redes de servicios. Bogotá: Pontificia Universidad

Javeriana/Centro de Proyectos para el Desarrollo.

Pinto, D.M. 2002. La competencia regulada y la calidad de la atención

desde la perspectiva del usuario. Evidencia del sistema de salud

colombiano. Mimeo. Boston: Harvard School o Public Health.

Plaza, B., A.B. Barona, and N. Hearst. 2001. Managed Competition

or the Poor or Poorly Managed Competition? Lessons rom the

Colombian Health Reorm Experience. Health Policy and Planning  

16(Suppl 2): 44–51.

Ragin, D.F., U. Hwang, R.K. Cydulka, et al . 2005. Reasons or Using the

Emergency Department: Results o the EMPAH Study. Academy

of Emergency Medicine Journal  12(12): 1158–66.

Sáenz, L. 2001. Modernización de la gestión hospitalaria colombiana: lec-

ciones aprendidas de la transformación de los hospitales en Empresas

Sociales del Estado. Iniciativa Reforma Sector Salud . LAC-RSSNo. 46. Washington: Pan American Health Organization.

Sarver, J.H., R.K. Cydulka, and D.W. Baker. 2002. Usual Source o Care

and Nonurgent Emergency Department Use.  Academy of Emer-

 gency Medicine Journal  9(9): 916–23.

Page 111: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 111/199

101PUBLIC HOSPITALS  AND HEALTH CARE REFORM

Sojo, A. 2000. Reormas de gestión en salud en América Latina. Los

cuasimercados de Colombia, Argentina, Chile y Costa Rica.

Economic Commission or Latin America and the Caribbean Serie

Políticas Sociales No. 39. Santiago, Chile: ECLAC.

ono, .M. 2002. Los hospitales colombianos en el contexto de Latino-

américa y el Caribe. Working Document No. 8. Bogotá: Fundación

Corona.

Vivas, J., E. arragona, C. Caballero, et al . 1988. El sistema nacional

de salud. Bogotá: FEDESARROLLO, Pan American Health Or-

ganization.World Bank. 1987. Colombia: Social Security Review. World Bank Docu-

ment No. 6540-CO. Washington, DC.

Yepes, F., C. Dávila, F. Velandia, et al . 1986. Estudio nacional de hospitales.

Bogotá: Universidad Javeriana, Comisión de Gasto Público.

Page 112: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 112/199

Page 113: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 113/199

CHAPTER 5

Financial Protection

of Health Insurance

Carmen Elisa Flórez, Ursula Giedion,Renata Pardo, and Eduardo Andrés Alfonso

A

ccording to the 2000 World Health Report, one o the three main

objectives o any health system is protecting the country’s popu-lation rom the financial consequences o illness (World Health

Organization, 2000). Te report concludes that insurance provides a

suitable tool to protect individuals rom potentially catastrophic or

impoverishing economic effects o adverse health events. Similarly,

the 2007 World Bank Strategy or Health, Nutrition, and Population

presents the improvement o financial protection as one o its our

strategic objectives and states that to improve financial protection

against the consequences o high out-o-pocket expenditures relatedto illness, countries must find ways to pool out-o-pocket expenditures

(World Bank, 2007).

By reaching more than 80 percent o its population with health

insurance, Colombia provides a unique opportunity to gather evidence

on financial protection. In the early 1990s Colombia introduced a uni-

 versal health insurance scheme through the introduction o Law 100

o 1993, whereby all citizens were to have access to a comprehensive

health benefits package. Te most recent Plan Nacional de Desarrollo

(National Development Plan, 2007) prepared by the current Colom-

bian administration (2006–10) plans to achieve universal coverage by

the end o its mandate. Although financial protection is an important

Page 114: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 114/199

Page 115: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 115/199

105FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

package, but the contributory regime package includes all levels o care,

while the plan operating in the subsidized regime covers most low-

complexity care and catastrophic illnesses but provides only limited

coverage or most hospital care and does not provide any short-term

disability coverage. Te value o the package, and the share o the payroll

tax contribution going to the insurer, is approximately US$207 or the

contributory regime and US$117 or the subsidized regime. In both the

contributory and subsidized regimes, the insured individual chooses

an insurer, the ownership o which may be public, private, or mixed,

and which may be run or profit or not or profit.As a result o the introduction o universal health insurance,

coverage has increased rom 24 percent o the population prior to the

reorms (1993) to more than 80 percent in 2007, according to recently

released data rom the 2007 National Health Survey. Tis coverage rate

places Colombia among the very ew countries in the developing world

that have reached almost universal health insurance coverage.

Previous Research on Catastrophic and Impoverishing

Health Expenditures in Colombia

Only a ew studies are available on catastrophic and impoverishing health

expenditures in Colombia. Te existing evidence presents descriptive

statistics on the incidence o catastrophic and impoverishing health

expenditures and compares it across different groups (by income level,

age, insurance status, etc.) without making any statistical inerence on

the effect o variables that might protect households against the impact

o catastrophic health expenses. Most importantly, no study so ar

has evaluated the impact o the Colombian health insurance scheme

on financial protection, a knowledge gap that this study hopes to fill.

able 5.1 presents a summary o the previous evidence on the incidence

o catastrophic and impoverishing health care payments in Colombia.

Te ollowing paragraphs briefly present the evidence.

Te first study on catastrophic health payments was carried outby Bitrán et al. (2004) as part o a regional effort coordinated by the

World Bank, analyzing financial protection against health shocks

in Latin America (Baeza and Packard, 2007). Bitrán et al . analyzed

household data rom the 2003 round o Colombia’s Living Standards

Page 116: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 116/199

106 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

TABLE 5.1 Previous Studies on Incidence of Catastrophic and

Impoverishing Health Expenditures

Author Country Data Principal results

Bitrán et al., 2004 Colombia   • LSMS 2003

• Catastrophic

spending defined

as > 20% of

household

consumption

• Unit of analysis:

households

• Incidence of impoverishing

spending among uninsured

individuals facing outpatient

spending shock: 5%; inpatient

shock: 14%

• Insurance by subsidized

regime decreases incidence of

impoverishing spending to 4%• Incidence of catastrophic

payments (> 20%) is 23%

among those needing inpatient

care, 3% among those needing

outpatient care; among

uninsured it is > 40% for those

needing inpatient care, > 10%

for those needing outpatient

care

• Incidence of catastrophicspending is lower in contributory

regime than in subsidized

regime

Flórez and

Hernández, 2005

Colombia   • LSMSs 1997

and 2003

• Catastrophic

spending defined

as > 30% of

capacity to pay• Unit of analysis:

households

• Incidence of catastrophic

spending drops between 1997

and 2003 but impoverishing

expenditure increases in same

period, especially among

poorest patients• Incidence of catastrophic

spending is higher among

uninsured and poor households

• No statistically significant

differences found for insured

and uninsured among poorest

households

• Incidence of catastrophic spend-

ing, 2003: approx. 4%

• Incidence of impoverishingspending, 2003: approx. 5%

Continued on next page

Page 117: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 117/199

107FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

Measurement Survey (LSMS). Te study defined catastrophic health

expenditures as out-o-pocket expenditures exceeding 20 percent o

total household consumption expenditures. It measured impoverish-

ment as the proportion o individuals whose consumption ell below

the national poverty line as a result o health expenditures.Tis analysis separated ambulatory and inpatient “health shocks”

and compared results across households with and without health insur-

ance. According to this study, 23 percent o those needing inpatient

care and 3 percent o those requiring ambulatory care incurred out-

TABLE 5.1 Previous Studies on Incidence of Catastrophic and

Impoverishing Health Expenditures

Author Country Data Principal results

Baeza and

Packard, 2007

6

countries

in Latin

America

• Different surveys

in different

countries

(Colombia:

several sources

but mainly Bitrán

et al., 2004)

• In Colombia out-of-pocket

spending as proportion of

total national health spending

is lower than in other Latin

American countries

• Out-of-pocket spending as

percentage of income is

greatest for those in lowestincome brackets

• Incidence of impoverishing

spending of uninsured

households is greater than

for households insured by

contributory or subsidized

regime

Xu, Evans,

Kawabata, et al.,2003

59

countries

• Different surveys

in differentcountries

(Colombia: LSMS

1997)

• Catastrophic

spending defined

as > 20% of

household

capacity to pay

• Unit of analysis:

households

• Places Colombia in group

of countries with high rates

of catastrophic spending

• Approximately 40% of total health

spending in Colombia is financed

by out-of-pocket spending

• 1997 incidence of catastrophic

spending: approx. 6%

Source: Authors.

LSMS = Living Standards Measurement Survey.

Page 118: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 118/199

108 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

o-pocket payments that absorbed more than 20 percent o their total

income in 2003. Among uninsured patients, these percentages rise to

almost 40 percent or episodes requiring inpatient care and more than

10 percent or those needing ambulatory care. Te percentages drop to

less than 30 percent and less than 5 percent or those insured under the

subsidized health insurance scheme targeted to the poor. Similarly, a

health shock requiring ambulatory care drives 5 percent o uninsured

patients below the national poverty line. An illness requiring inpatient

care involves out-o-pocket expenditures that take 14 percent o those

using this type o care below the national poverty line. Te study indicatesthat these percentages are significantly lower or insured patients.

Tese findings suggest that the incidence o catastrophic and

impoverishing expenditures is lower among those with insurance, but

no causal relationships can be established on the basis o these descrip-

tive statistics, however, as observable and non-observable differences

between the two groups may be biasing these results.

Similarly, Flórez and Hernández (2005) estimated the incidence

o catastrophic and impoverishing health expenditures in Colombianhouseholds in 1997 and 2003. Although some comparability problems

exist between the 1997 and 2003 LSMSs, results shed light on the

evolution o catastrophic expenditures in Colombia. In this study,

catastrophic expenditures were defined as those exceeding 30 percent

o a household’s capacity to pay (total expenditures minus subsistence

expenditures) and impoverishing effects are defined as those that cause

a household to all below the poverty line (measured by the average

subsistence expenditure o households in the 45th to 55th percentiles o

subsistence expenditures, also called the “endogenous” poverty line).

Flórez and Hernández ound that 4 percent o households incurred

catastrophic out-o-pocket health care payments and that 5 percent o

all households became impoverished as a consequence o their high

out-o-pocket payments in 2003. Te authors also indicate that the

incidence o catastrophic payments decreased rom 1997 to 2003, while

the incidence o impoverishing expenditures increased in the sameperiod, possibly as a result o the economic crisis that hit Colombia

during this same period. Te authors also show that the incidence o

both catastrophic and impoverishing out-o-pocket expenditures is

higher or the uninsured population than or the insured population

Page 119: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 119/199

109FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

but that this difference is no longer significant when ocusing on the

poorest quintile o the population.

Even though these results shed new light on the incidence o

catastrophic and impoverishing expenditures in Colombia, they do not

provide any evidence on the impact o health insurance because they do

not control or observable and unobservable differences that may bias

differences in sample means between insured and uninsured residents.

Additional research on this topic by O’Meara, Ruiz, and Amaya (2003)

ocused on our Colombian cities and ound that health insurance

promoted an increase in the use o health services and a reduction inthe financial burden o health care expenditures.

A series o other studies involve the analysis o Colombia rom a

multi-country perspective. Baeza and Packard (2007) conducted a study

that ound that Colombian households in the lowest income quintile aced

out-o-pocket expenditures equivalent to 10 percent o their total income,

which was lower than what was observed in Argentina (13 percent),

Ecuador (18 percent), and Mexico (12 percent). Te researchers noticed

that the Colombian health system exhibited improved perormance whencompared with those o other countries in the region, such as Chile. In

general, Latin American households, particularly low-income house-

holds, aced high out-o-pocket expenditures as a percentage o private

health spending (85 percent). A different picture emerged in Colombia:

this percentage was lower, and the country does not seem to ollow the

general regional pattern o low public health expenditure as a proportion

o total national health expenditure, or the pattern o high out-o-pocket

spending as a proportion o total national health expenditure.

Xu, Evans, Kawabata, et al. (2003) reported the incidence o cata-

strophic expenditures or 60 countries, using a 40 percent household

income threshold. Contrary to the other studies mentioned above,

this one did not use data rom 2003, instead using data rom the 1997

round o Colombia’s LSMS. At that time, implementation o the social

health insurance scheme had just started. Tese authors ound that

the proportion o Colombian households suffering rom catastrophicexpenditures amounted to 6 percent in 1997, a level similar to that

ound by Flórez and Hernández (2005). Tis analysis places Colombia

among countries or which a high incidence o catastrophic payments

was observed.

Page 120: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 120/199

110 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

Finally, as shown in Figure 5.1, in comparison to the situation in

other low- and middle-income countries, out-o-pocket expenditures

in Colombia finance only a small share o total health expenditures,

but the country relies heavily on social security expenditures to achieve

this. Finally, national health accounts in Colombia show a steep decrease

in the share o out-o-pocket expenditures in total health expenditures

between 1993 and 2003 as a result o the 1993 health reorms (rom

43.7 percent to 7.5 percent; Barón, 2007). In this sense, it may be in-

erred that Colombia’s health care financing structure seems to create

an opportunity to provide better financial protection than the rest othe region and many other low- and middle-income countries.

As indicated above, a number o studies have started to explore how

Colombia’s health policy may be related to out-o-pocket expenditures.

Tese studies show lower incidences o catastrophic and impoverishing

FIGURE 5.1  Financial Structure of Health Systems by Region

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Out-of-pocket Private insurance Other private exp. Social insurance General revenue

   M  o  z  a  m   b

   i  q   u  e

   T  a  n  z

  a  n   i  a

   Z  a  m   b

   i  a   M  a

   l   i

   M  a   l  a   w

   i

   U  g   a  n

  d  a

   N   i  g   e

  r   i  a   K  e

  n   y  a

   T   h  a   i   l

  a  n  d

   M  a   l  a   y

  s   i  a

   P   h   i   l   i  p

  p   i  n  e  s

   I  n  d  o  n

  e  s   i  a   C   h

   i  n  a

   V   i  e   t  n

  a  m   I  n  d   i  a

   C  a  m   b

  o  d   i  a

   C  o   l  o  m

   b   i  a

   C  o  s   t  a

    R   i  c  a

   B  o   l   i   v   i  a   P  e

  r  u

   N   i  c  a

  r  a  g   u  a

  G  u  a   t  e

  m  a   l  a

   E   l   S  a   l   v  a

  d  o  r

   E  c  u  a

  d  o  r

Source: Hsiao and Shaw (2007) based on WHO data.

Page 121: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 121/199

111FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

expenditures or insured populations than or uninsured populations.

In addition, they conclude that unlike the patterns observed in other

Latin American countries, out-o-pocket spending in Colombia is a

less-important source o health care financing. It is important to note

that these studies rely on simple means comparisons and that they are

limited in their ability to determine a causal relationship between ob-

served out-o-pocket spending patterns and health insurance. Results

may be biased by potential differences in observable and unobservable

characteristics between the insured and uninsured populations. In the

ollowing sections we describe how the current study fills this gap inexisting research in Colombia and how it estimates the mitigating effect

o health insurance on catastrophic health care expenditures.

Conceptual Framework

Tis section starts by introducing a general ramework or analyzing

the economic consequences o illness to show that health shocks involve

much more than out-o-pocket payments at the point o service and thatthe consequences o such events or the welare o households depends

on myriad actors, including health insurance. We will then place our

estimates within this general ramework and describe the specific

methodological decisions made in this study to measure catastrophic

and impoverishing expenditures in Colombia.

General Framework for Understanding the Economic Impact of Illness

Russell (2004) offers a broad general ramework or understanding

the economic consequences o illness or individuals and households.

Figure 5.2 outlines this ramework and shows not only how the specific

decisions and characteristics o each household (education, poverty

level, gender, age, etc.) but also how those o the health system (access

to services, ees, access conditions, etc.) influence an individual’s level

o out-o-pocket expenditure when he/she is aced with an adversehealth event.

Figure 5.2 indicates that an individual needing care first aces

the decision o whether to seek treatment or not (Box 2). I the person

decides to seek treatment, he or she must incur direct costs (prescrip-

Page 122: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 122/199

112 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

tions, copayments, laboratory tests, transportation, lodging, and

ood) and/or indirect costs (income loss due to illness or disability;

Box 3) that vary according to the severity o illness, the individual’s

decision to seek care or not, and characteristics o the health system

(access, copayments, ees, insurance, quality o services; Box 3). When

households lack the capacity to pay, they must use multiple coping

strategies, such as selling assets, borrowing money, or obtaining

support rom their social network (Boxes 4 and 7). Te impact o

illness on a household’s subsistence (Box 5) will depend on the am-

ily’s specific coping strategies as well as on all the aspects indicated

in boxes 1 through 3.

Figure 5.2 illustrates the complexities surrounding the analysis

o the economic impact o illness. It shows how the observations on

catastrophic health payments depend not only on the characteristics

o the health system but also on those o the household and its socialnetwork. Furthermore, it illustrates that the impact o catastrophic

payments on household welare may show up in the medium or long

term rather than only in the short term and may involve much more

than a reduction in consumption.

FIGURE 5.2  Framework for Understanding Economic Impact

of Illness

Box 2:

Care-seeking

behavior (seeks or

does not seek)

Box 3a: Direct costs

Box 3b: Indirect costs

Box 4:

Coping strategies

(e.g., loans)

Box 1:

Illness

Box 5: Impact on

subsistence

(assets, income,

food security)

Source: Russell (2004).

Individual and household

Social

resources

Health

system

Box 6:

 Access, costs,

insurance, quality

of services

Box 7:

Social

network

Page 123: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 123/199

113FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

In this context it is important to note that only time series data

and in-depth case studies allow or an estimation o the real economic

impact o an adverse health event on a household. Recent studies on the

economic impact o important diseases prevalent in developing coun-

tries (such as HIV/AIDS, malaria, and tuberculosis) have adopted such

an approach (Russell, 2004). However, this type o longitudinal data is

rarely available in most low- and middle-income countries (including

Colombia). Cross-sectional data are thereore ofen used instead to

compare health-related out-o-pocket expenditures with households’

capacity to pay. When these health payments exceed an arbitrarily de-termined threshold (k) o a household’s ability to pay, health payments

are considered to be catastrophic.

Tis approach lies at the heart o most o the literature on cata-

strophic payments in the developing world (see, or example, Kawabata,

Xu, and Carrin, 2002; Wagstaff and van Doorslaer, 2003; Xu, Evans,

Kawabata, et al., 2003; Bitrán et al., 2004; Knaul, Arreola-Ornelas, and

Méndez, 2005). Tis static and more speculative vision o catastrophic

payments will not shed any light on how households actually cope withcatastrophic health payments or on the real impact o these coping

strategies on household welare. It offers, however, a way o identiy-

ing out-o-pocket expenditures that are high in relation to household

income when no longitudinal data are available. Similarly, it helps to

determine whether health insurance can make a difference to the levels

o health payments.

Given the limitations o data available in Colombia, this was also

the approach chosen or this study. As we will show in the next sec-

tion, even within this narrower ramework, many different ways exist

to measure catastrophic payments in practice.

Catastrophic Health Expenditures: Concepts and Decisions

Wyszewianski (1986) was one o the first authors to discuss the concept

o catastrophic health expenditures. He defined them as “situations inwhich the expense is significant in comparison to the patient’s capacity

to pay.” Tis definition allows us to identiy the ollowing characteristics

o a catastrophic expense:

Page 124: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 124/199

Page 125: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 125/199

115FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

and still others go even urther by taking into account income loss due

to illness (Russell, 2004). In some countries, indirect expenses such as

transportation and ood are higher than direct expenses, and income

loss related to illness can have important economic consequences.

Results will most probably vary substantially according to whether or

not these other costs are included.

Capacity to Pay 

Tere is a lack o consensus regarding the meaning o “capacity to pay”and how it should be measured. As Wyszewianski notes, the term must

reflect the type o resources (net o living expenses) that an individual

or household must use to cover disease-related expenditures and the

household’s resulting financial burden. A recent World Health Orga-

nization report adheres to Wyszewianski’s definition, indicating that

a household’s capacity to pay is “a measure o the non-subsistence e-

ective income (net o subsistence expenditure) o the household” (Xu,

Kawabata, Evans, et al., 2003).Such an income-based approach as a measure o the capacity to

pay is practical when assessing the impact o health expenditure on

households, since income and household expenditure data are readily

available rom household surveys. According to Russell (2004), how-

ever, such an approach is limited, since a household’s capacity to pay

depends not only on its asset portolio but also on the resources that

may be obtained through social networks. For example, households

may be able to resort to credit to smooth their consumption patterns

and increase their real capacity to pay.

Time Horizon

Isolated health shocks may have less-adverse economic consequences

than a series o subsequent shocks. Tis is a problem when using

household-survey-type cross-sectional data: reerence periods usuallyreer only to health expenditures related to the latest health shock or

to health shocks within a limited period (“last month,” or example,

and sometimes or inpatient services, “last year”). By using this type

o data, instances in which catastrophic expenses were generated by a

Page 126: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 126/199

116 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

succession o many expenses over a long period (or example, with a

chronic illness) are ignored.

Wyszewianski (1986) suggests that adding up expenditures over a

disease episode may be more satisactory than limiting the analysis to

an arbitrary time rame. In most household surveys, no such addition

o expenditures over time is possible. Similarly, no consensus exists

on the time rame or measuring the capacity to pay—should capacity

to pay be measured, or example, by yearly or monthly income? No

straightorward answer seems to exist on this issue and, to complicate

things even urther, the answer may well depend on the specific contextand group being analyzed. Capacity to pay is determined on a monthly

basis in this study.

Catastrophic Expenditures

Berki (1986) defines expenditures as catastrophic when they “endanger

the amily’s ability to maintain its customary standard o living.” He

proposes thresholds at 5, 10, and 15 percent o total annual amily income.Similarly, Xu, Kawabata, Evans, et al . (2003) define health spending as

catastrophic when a household must reduce its basic expenditures over

period o time to cope with health costs. Tresholds are arbitrary and

generally range between 5 percent and 20 percent o total household

income. Te establishment o thresholds depends on the researcher and

may affect the results o the study.

Te previous description clearly indicates the lack o consensus

around key elements related to the notion o catastrophic health ex-

penditure. Researchers must thereore make a series o decisions when

measuring catastrophic health expenditure, all o which are likely to

influence their results. Figure 5.3 summarizes the key methodologi-

cal decisions needed to analyze the economic consequences o illness

on households in this context. Te ollowing paragraphs indicate the

specific decisions taken in this study.

Box 1: Variations in direct health-related expenditure concepts. wo

types o direct costs result rom illness: medical expenditures (consul-

tations, medications, tests, etc.) and treatment-related expenditures

(or example, transportation and lodging or the caregiver). Te LSMS

Page 127: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 127/199

117FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

2003 ails to provide a complete breakdown o health expenditures

and excludes lab tests, vaccinations, and orthopedic devices, which

may result in an underestimation o the total cost o the illness (this

expense breakdown is included in LSMS 1997).

Box 2: Loss o income due to illness-related incapacity to work. Unlike

most studies o financial protection in Latin American health systems,

this study seeks to calculate income loss both to understand the impact

o this important consequence o illness on households and to show how

inclusion or exclusion o this concept may influence results. Te LSMS

2003 gathered inormation on the number o days a patient was unable

to perorm normal activities. Household income inormation is provided

in order to calculate income loss resulting rom illness or hospitalization

instances. However, patients in the contributory regime will not be affectedby this analysis, since their benefits package covers sickness leaves.

Box 3: Variations in capacity to pay. Te concept o capacity to pay can

be divided into two categories: direct capacity (income minus subsistence

FIGURE 5.3  Methodological Decisions Used to Evaluate

Economic Impact of Illness on Households

Source: Authors.

Box 1:

Variations in direct

health-related

expenditure concepts. Box 2:

Inclusion or exclusion

of the analysis of the

loss in productivity

as a consequence of

illness.

Box 3:

Variations in the

individual’s capacity

to pay.

Box 4:

Variations in the time span

chosen to analyze the

consequences of illness

and capacity to respond.

Box 5:

Variations in the criteria

used to consider the

consequences of

illness as

“catastrophic”.

Box 6:

Descriptive analysis

versus the analysis of

determinants of catastrophic or

impoverishing health spending (at

the system and household levels) or

an equivalent concept.

Page 128: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 128/199

118 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

2 Subsistence expenditure is adjusted to household size using adult equivalent scale: equi-size = hhsizeB where B = 0.56, estimated by Xu, Evans, Kawabata, et al . (2003) rom household

surveys in 59 countries.

expenses) and indirect capacity (household assets and support rom

social networks to cover debt). In this study, household expenditures

are used as a proxy or income variables because variance or current

expenditures is lower than income variation and because expense data

are considered more reliable than income data, particularly in developing

countries. When estimating capacity to pay, liquid assets used to pay

or health debt—indirect capacity to pay—must be taken into account.

Although the LSMS includes electrical appliances and automobiles in

this category, their values are unknown. Tereore, this study does not

take into account indirect capacity to pay.As indicated earlier, capacity to pay can be calculated by subtract-

ing basic subsistence expenditures rom total income. Basic subsistence

expenditures can be estimated using three indicators: ood expenditure,

an endogenous poverty line, and an exogenous poverty line. Te results

are based on the approximation o an endogenous poverty line. In

this case, basic household subsistence expenditures are defined by an

endogenous poverty line adjusted to household size. An endogenous

poverty line is defined as the mean ood expenditure o householdswhose proportion o ood expenditure in relation to total expenditures

is between the 45th and 55th percentiles, adjusted by household size2 

(Xu, Evans, Kawabata, et al., 2003).

Box 4: Variations in analysis time span. Te LSMS accounts or out-

patient services and regular prescription expenditures on a monthly

basis, inpatient expenditures yearly, and direct health costs monthly.

Hospitalization expenditures are measured or the previous 12 months

using the 1986 National Health Survey, which offers the most up-to-

date national inormation. A requency o 1.09 hospitalizations per year

and a sample o 9.08 percent (1.09/12) o hospitalized individuals were

selected. Tis assumption accounts or the act that hospitalizations are

not seasonal but are distributed randomly throughout the year. Direct

health expenditures may be underestimated, since outpatient expendi-

tures reer exclusively to severe health events and inpatient expenditures

Page 129: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 129/199

119FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

reer to the last hospitalization. Consequently, i the individual has had

recurrent adverse health events, only one is accounted or.

Box 5: Variations in catastrophic expenditure threshold. wo different

approaches can be used to calculate catastrophic expenditure threshold:

1) select different threshold levels (or example, 10, 20, 30, or 40 percent

o capacity to pay); or 2) construct differential percentages according

to a household’s poverty level, assuming that capacity to pay cannot be

expressed as a sole percentage or the whole population. Our analysis

considers the act that the capacity o a household to assign a percent-age o its income to cover health costs (once subsistence expenditures

are covered) increases directly with income level. However, with the

benefit o international comparisons, this study uses different thresholds

(10, 20, 30, and 40 percent o capacity to pay) to define expenditures

as catastrophic.

Box 6: Descriptive analysis versus analysis o determinants. In line

with the objectives o the study, 1) catastrophic and impoverishinghealth incidents, and not health determinants, are the ocus; and 2)

the mitigating effects o insurance on a household’s response to adverse

health events were measured. A descriptive analysis characterizing the

population in terms o insurance and use o health services acilitated

the selection o households at risk o acing catastrophic and impov-

erishing expenditures, ollowed by an estimation o the incidence o

these expenditures.

As stated, this study will explore different estimates or some o

the main components o catastrophic expenditures. Te objective is

to shed some light not only on the different criteria that can be used

when measuring catastrophic expenditures, but also on the effect these

criteria have on the final results.

Data and Methodology

As indicated earlier, the key question addressed in this study is whether

health insurance in both the subsidized and contributory regimes has

been able to reduce the incidence o catastrophic and impoverishing

Page 130: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 130/199

120 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

health-related out-o-pocket payments. o answer this question, the

study relied mainly on household data provided by the Living Stan-

dards Measurement Survey rom 2003. Tis data set, compiled by the

Departamento Administrativo Nacional de Estadística (DANE; National

Administrative Statistics Department), offers the most up-to-date and

complete inormation on out-o-pocket payments related to health

shocks and total expenditure levels, both o which are needed or this

analysis. Te sample size o the LSMS amounts to 22,949 households

and is representative at the national level as well as the sub-national

rural and urban levels. It captures inormation on the socioeconomiccharacteristics o households, health insurance status, utilization o

health services, health-related out-o-pocket expenditures, and total

household expenditures. (Unortunately, previous LSMSs are not

comparable and could not be used because the wording o questions

on out-o-pocket expenditures has changed over time.)

As a first step, we restricted our sample to households using for-

mal  health services, because we are not looking at the effect o health

insurance on catastrophic payments or the population in general;rather, we want to know whether health insurance makes a difference

when patients use the ormal health system. Furthermore, we ocus

on the population using ormal health services because health benefits

cover only this kind o services. Consequently, our descriptive statistics

section presents results both or the population in general as well as

or the population using ormal health services, and our econometric

methods inorm on the impact o health insurance on the incidence o

catastrophic payments or the population using ormal services.

o evaluate the impact o health insurance on catastrophic pay-

ments, a comparison between insured and uninsured populations is

needed. Because insured individuals may differ rom uninsured people

in both observable and unobservable ways that may also be related to

the incidence o catastrophic payments, simple means comparisons

may be biased. Under these circumstances we would like to compare

the same household both with and without insurance, to determinethe influence o health insurance. Such counteractual possibilities do

not exist in the real world, however.

Te gold standard in this context is a randomized trial that

includes a control group and a randomly assigned treatment group.

Page 131: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 131/199

121FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

When no such data are available, or when data rom a randomized

trial cannot be extrapolated to represent the impact o a policy at the

global level, quasi-experimental methods must be used to select a con-

trol group similar to the one obtained under a controlled experimental

setting. Among these quasi-experimental methods, a propensity score

matching (PSM) technique was applied in the subsidized regime and

an instrumental variable approach was used to evaluate the impact in

the contributory regime.

PSM was selected or the subsidized regime because only cross-

sectional data were available and other more sophisticated impact evalua-tion methods using panel or repeated cross-sectional data, such as double

difference and matched double difference, had to be discarded. Te instru-

mental variable method was also discarded as a suitable instrument or the

subsidized regime. (Te instruments used in the contributory regime are

not useul or the subsidized regime, since affiliation with the subsidized

system does not depend on labor variables; affiliation with the contribu-

tory system does.) Te particular situation o Colombia in 2003, where a

substantial number o poor households were still unaffiliated, providedan ideal setting or the implementation o PSM because this methodol-

ogy is demanding in terms o the sample size or the treatment (affiliated

individuals) and control groups (similar unaffiliated individuals).

In the contributory regime, a large majority o the target population

was already insured, so the construction o a sufficiently large control

group using PSM was not possible. As well, since a suitable instrumental

 variable was both ound and tested, the researchers decided to use that

approach to evaluate the impact o health insurance on catastrophic

payments in the contributory regime.

Descriptive Analysis

Data rom the 2003 LSMS show that in that year, 64 percent o the Co-

lombian population was affiliated with an insurance system (39 percent

with the contributory regime, 23 percent with the subsidized regime,and 2 percent with a private system); 36 percent o the population was

not insured (Figure 5.4).

Te estimates or insured and uninsured populations are in line

with the substantial coverage increase observed by other authors in

Page 132: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 132/199

122 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

the last decade (see Flórez and Hernández, 2005; Flórez and Acosta,2007; and Giedion, Díaz, and Alonso, 2007). As presented in able 5.2,

Giedion et al . (2007) ound an increase in coverage rom 26 percent in

1993 to 62 percent in 2003. Te increase was undamentally attributed

to the increase in the affiliation o the population with the subsidized

regime.

Te coverage increase is also reflected in an increase in equity. A

study completed by Flórez and Acosta (2007) concluded that the levels

TABLE 5.2 Evolution of Coverage by Regime Affiliation

Percentage of population affiliated

  CASEN 93 LSMS 1997 LSMS 2003

Contributory regime 22.4 34.7 35.1

Subsidized regime * 19.9 23.1

Private insurance 3.2 2.6 3.6

Uninsured 74.4 42.8 38.2

Source: Giedion et al. (2007).

* Data not available.

CASEN = Encuesta de Caracterización Socioeconómica Nacional; LSMS = Living Standards Measurement Survey .

FIGURE 5.4  Insurance Coverage in Colombia, 2003

36.01

23.13

39.25

1.61

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

None Subsidized regime Contributory regime Private insurance

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.

Page 133: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 133/199

123FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

o insurance increase (although observed in all income groups) were

higher in low-income populations than in high-income groups, leading

to a significant decrease in inequality. Insurance coverage differences

between rich and poor populations were prevalent in 1995 (Figure 5.5):

the highest income quintile had an affiliation level more than 20 times

higher than that o the lowest quintile. Te data show that this difference

decreased in 2005 and, as a result, the insurance equity gap in Colom-

bia was reduced. Tis result is important in the context o this study,

since the goal o insurance is to reduce out-o-pocket expenditures or

households acing adverse health events.Health insurance coverage increases are in line with the govern-

ment’s goal o reaching 100 percent coverage by 2010. Despite these

improvements, Colombia continues to ace challenges insuring its

population, particularly those in the two lowest income quintiles. Tis

is because the number o health services included in the subsidized

regime (known as the Plan Obligatorio de Salud) is approximately hal

the number o services included in the contributory system.

Trough the universalization o insurance and the balancing othe benefit plans between the subsidized and contributory systems, it

FIGURE 5.5  Insurance Affiliation by Income Quintile, 1995–2005 

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

q1 q2 q3 q4 q5

Quintile

1995 2000 2005

    %     A

    f    f    i    l    i   a    t    i   o   n

Source: Flórez and Acosta (2007).

Page 134: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 134/199

124 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

might be possible to solidiy the financial structure o the health and

social security systems in terms o efficiency and equity. Tis will re-

sult in increased financial protection or populations at risk o acing

adverse health events. Te government’s goal is to equalize subsidized

and contributory regime benefits by 2019.

Household Use of Health Services

Te analysis or households with uniorm health care system affiliation

(that is, all household members have the same affiliation status) ocusedon households at risk o acing catastrophic or impoverishing health

expenditures rom using outpatient and inpatient services.

Te data showed that 1,892,266 households (25 percent o total

households) required outpatient services and that o this total, 1,579,559

(84 percent) used these health services (able 5.3). Although the pro-

portion o households needing these services is similar across popula-

tions regardless o their insurance status, the use o outpatient services

reflects greater barriers or uninsured households: o those needingservices, 63 percent o uninsured households, 88 percent o households

affiliated with the subsidized regime, and close to 94 percent o those

TABLE 5.3   Need for and Use of Health Services by Regime Type

Insurance

regime

Totalnumber of

households

Households

requiring

healthservices

(number, %)

Households

accessing

outpatientservices

(number, %)

Monthly

access to

inpatientservices

(number, %)

Total number

of households

accessinghealth

services

None 2,490,360 563,398 355,457 36,559 386,179

— 22.6% 63.1% 1.5% —

Subsidized

regime

1,520,740 367,313 323,442 28,895 344,089

— 24.2% 88.1% 1.9% —

Contributory

regime

3,649,506 961,555 900,660 90,875 965,386

— 26.3% 93.7% 2.5% —

Total 7,660,606 1,892,266 1,579,559 156,328 1,695,654

— 24.7% 83.5% 2.0% —

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.

Page 135: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 135/199

125FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

in the contributory regime used outpatient services. In contrast, the

use o inpatient services across differences in health insurance status

is similar. Although differences between groups may be related to

better access to health services or insured patients, it may also be

associated with a problem o selection bias: those who are insured

may be systematically different rom those not insured, in observed

or unobserved characteristics that also provide better access. At this

stage o analyzing descriptive statistics, we cannot thereore make

any inerence on the impact o health insurance on the incidence o

catastrophic expenses.

Capacity to Pay 

Te catastrophic status o an expenditure arising rom an adverse health

event is based on the relationship between the household’s out-o-pocket

health expenditures and the amily’s capacity to pay. Te capacity to

pay (estimated using an endogenous poverty line) calculated or all

households using health services is equivalent to 70 percent o theirtotal income. In other words, on average, subsistence expenditures ac-

count or 30 percent o all households’ expenditures. But as expected,

this percentage varies across income levels: high-income households

have a greater ability to pay or items beyond those required or sub-

sistence. While households with higher income levels have a capacity

to pay equivalent to 89 percent o their total income (income minus

subsistence expenses), this proportion is lower or households in the

lowest income group (44 percent o income).

In absolute terms, the average capacity or payment or households

using these health services amounts to US$309 per month, equivalent

to 2.7 minimum monthly wages in 2003 (able 5.4).3 Te average ca-

pacity or payment o households in the first income quintile (US$70)

is equivalent to 61 percent o the minimum wage. In summary, the

evidence points to a greater vulnerability o households with low in-

come when acing the financial impact o adverse health events, since

3 In 2003, the legal minimum monthly wage was equivalent to US$115.40; exchange rate: $Col

2,877.50/US$1.

Page 136: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 136/199

126 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

their capacity to respond to these shocks is much weaker than that o

amilies with higher incomes.

Te data show that Colombian households spend, on average,

almost 6 percent o their total income and just over 8 percent o their

capacity to pay on health expenditures (top o able 5.5). Meanwhile,

percentages almost double or households that actually used health

services (about 10 percent and 14 percent, respectively, bottom o

able 5.5). For these households, expenditures or outpatient ser- vices are the most important component o out-o-pocket expenses:

6 percent o the household’s capacity to pay is allocated or outpatient

services (almost our times the percentage o participation observed

in the household total). It is worth noting that private expenditure on

total health costs is currently 28 percent (Barón, 2007). Also, given

that health affiliation payments are unrelated to the use o services,

households—regardless o their use o services—spend, on average,

3 percent o their income (5 percent o their capacity to pay) on insur-ance coverage.

Tere are large variations in out-o-pocket expenditures among

households: average monthly out-o-pocket expenditures in Colombian

households amount to almost US$9. Tis amount reaches US$29 with a

standard deviation o almost US$166 among households using outpatient

and inpatient services (able 5.5). Additionally, differences are more

evident i income quintile is accounted or. Te average out-o-pocket

health expenditures in the lowest and highest quintiles amount to

US$8.50 and US$80.60, respectively. Tis shows that average out-o-

pocket expenditures are not enough to assess the household’s financial

burden resulting rom adverse health events.

TABLE 5.4 Capacity to Pay of Households Using Health Services

(US$)

  Total Quintile 1 Quintile 2 Quintile 3 Quintile 4 Quintile 5

Total household

income

443 160 245 342 497 1,055

Capacity to paya 309 70 77 189 360 936

Percent of income 70% 44% 31% 55% 72% 89%

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.a Estimated using an endogenous poverty line.

Page 137: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 137/199

Page 138: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 138/199

128 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   5

   D

   e   s   c  r   i   p   t   i  v   e   S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   s   o   n   M

   o   n   t   h   l  y   H   o  u   s   e   h   o   l   d   H   e   a   l   t   h   E  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e   s ,   2   0   0   3

 

   A   v   e   r   a   g   e ,   U    S    $

    S   t   a   n   d   a   r   d

   d   e   v   i   a   t   i   o   n

   M   i   n . ,   U    S    $

   M   a   x . ,   U    S    $

   T   o   t   a   l

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e ,

    %

    C   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o

   p   a   y ,

    %

   H   e   a   l   t

   h

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s ,

    %

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

   3 .

   L   a   t   e   s   t

   h   o   s   p   i   t

   a   l   i   z   a   t   i   o   n

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s

   1

   2   5

   0

   3 ,   8

   2   3

   0 .   3

   0 .   4

   1   2 .   1

   B .

   I   n   c   o   m   e   l   o   s   s   d   u   e

   t   o   i   n   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y

   1

   1   5

   0

   1 ,   5

   5   1

   0 .   3

   0 .   4

   1   1 .   8

   O   b   s   e   r   v   a   t   i   o   n   s

   1   6

 ,   3   5   8

   P   o   p   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   o   u   t   r   e

   a   c   h

   7 ,   6

   6   0

 ,   6   0   6

 

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s   u   s

   i   n   g   h   e   a   l   t   h   s   e   r   v   i   c   e   s   (   i   n   p   a   t   i   e   n   t   a

   n   d   o   u   t   p   a   t   i   e   n   t   )

   T   o   t   a   l    i   n   c   o   m   e

   4   4   3

   4   8   6

   1   5

   2   1

 ,   0   6   0

  —

  —

  —

   C   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y

   3   0   9

   4   7   2

   0

   2   0

 ,   9   9   0

   6   9

 .   7

  —

  —

   H   e   a   l   t   h   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u

   r   e   s

   (   I   +   I   I   )

   4   4

   1   7   1

   0

   2   0

 ,   9   2   1

   9 .   9

   1   4

 .   2

  —

   I .   I   n   s   u   r   a   n   c   e

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e

   1   5

   3   1

   0

   5   9   0

   3 .   4

   4 .   8

   3   4 .   0

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

   (   c

   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

Page 139: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 139/199

129FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   5

   D

   e   s   c  r   i   p   t   i  v   e   S   t   a   t   i   s   t   i   c   s   o   n   M

   o   n   t   h   l  y   H   o  u   s   e   h   o   l   d   H   e   a   l   t   h   E  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e   s ,   2   0   0   3

 

   A   v   e   r   a   g   e ,   U    S    $

    S   t   a   n   d   a   r   d

   d   e   v   i   a   t   i   o   n

   M   i   n . ,   U    S    $

   M   a   x . ,   U    S    $

   T   o   t   a   l

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e ,

    %

    C   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o

   p   a   y ,

    %

   H   e   a   l   t

   h

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s ,

    %

   I   I .   O   u   t  -   o   f  -   p   o   c   k   e

   t   e   x   p   e   n  -

   d   i   t   u   r   e   s   (   A   +   B

   )

   2   9

   1   6   6

   0

   2   0

 ,   9   2   1

   6 .   5

   9 .   3

   6   6 .   0

   A .

   D   i   r   e   c   t   o   u

   t  -

   o   f  -   p   o   c   k   e   t

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t

   u   r   e   s

   2   6

   1   6   4

   0

   2   0

 ,   9   2   1

   5 .   9

   8 .   4

   9   0 .   3

   1 .

   M   o   s   t   s   e   v   e   r   e

   o   u   t   p   a   t   i   e   n   t

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s

   1   7

   1   5   2

   0

   2   0

 ,   8   5   1

   3 .   9

   5 .   6

   6   6 .   4

   2 .

   M   o   n   t   h

   l   y

   m   e   d   i   c

   a   t   i   o   n

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s

   4

   1   8

   0

   4   1   7

   1 .   0

   1 .   4

   1   7 .   1

   3 .

   L   a   t   e   s   t

   h   o   s   p   i   t

   a   l   i   z   a   t   i   o   n

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s

   4

   5   3

   0

   3 ,   8

   2   3

   1 .   0

   1 .   4

   1   6 .   5

   B .

   I   n   c   o   m   e   l   o   s   s   d   u   e

   t   o   i   n   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y

   3

   2   7

   0

   1 ,   5

   5   1

   0 .   6

   0 .   9

   9 .   7

   O   b   s   e   r   v   a   t   i   o   n   s

   3 ,   2

   0   2

 

   P   o   p   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   o   u   t   r   e

   a   c   h

   1 ,   6

   9   5

 ,   6   5   4

 

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s   ’    c   a   l   c

   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   s ,   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   L    S   M    S   2   0   0   3   d   a   t   a .

   (   c

   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

Page 140: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 140/199

130 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

An indicator requently used as an inequality measurement is the

relationship between population spending percentiles. able 5.6 shows

the distribution percentiles o out-o-pocket expenditures that illustratethe magnitude o the difference between households that ace high out-

o-pocket expenditures and those that do not. Among those that ace an

adverse health event, the relationship between the 90 th percentile and

the 10th percentile demonstrates that households in the highest tenth o

expenditure distribution spend approximately 109 times more than house-

holds in the lowest tenth. Tis strong concentration o expenditures in

relatively ew households is evident by observing the relationship between

the 75th and 25th spending percentiles, in which the difference in spend-

ing is drastically reduced to about 15 times more or the 75 th percentile.

In addition, out-o-pocket expenditures are concentrated not

only in ewer households but also on lower-cost expenses. Te prob-

ability density unction in Figure 5.6 shows that the greatest density

o out-o-pocket health expenditures is predominantly between 0 and

200,000 Colombian pesos.

Catastrophic Health Expenditures

So ar, the data indicate that the financial burden resulting rom

adverse health events is greater or poor households and uninsured

TABLE 5.6 Relationships between Distribution Percentiles

of Out-of-Pocket Expenditures

Times greater for higher percentile

Out-of-pocket spending

percentile comparisons All households

Households facing adverse

health events

90th / 10th 66.67 109.09

90th / 50th 7.20 8.00

10th / 50th 0.11 0.07

75th / 25th 8.75 14.90

75th / 50th 2.80 3.08

25th / 50th 0.32 0.21

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.

Page 141: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 141/199

131FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

amilies. Te first part o this section analyzes the incidence o cata-

strophic expenditures or households that use inpatient and outpa-

tient health services as a consequence o adverse health events; the

second part provides an analysis or all households. Te latter group

is included to allow comparisons with international publications that

have more ofen decided to include this wider group o households

or analysis.

As previously explained, catastrophic expenditures reer to out-o-pocket expenditures resulting rom an adverse health event that

exceed a given proportion o the household’s ability to pay (threshold

k) and are thereore considered harmul.

FIGURE 5.6  Probability Density for Out-of-Pocket Health

Expenditures 

.02

.015

.01

.005

0

.02

.015

.01

.005

0

0 200 400 600 800 1000

0 200 400 600 800 1000

        D      e      n      s        i       t      y

        D      e

      n      s        i       t      y

Total households

Out-of-pocket health expenditures

Out-of-pocket health expenditures

Households facing an adverse health event

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.

Page 142: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 142/199

132 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

Incidence of Catastrophic Expenditures for Households

Using Health Services

Using the thresholds o catastrophic expenditures identified earlier,

we observed that 32 percent o households that used inpatient or

outpatient health services exceeded the 10 percent payment capacity

threshold, less than hal o these households exceeded the 30 percent

threshold, and 11 percent exceeded the 40 percent threshold (able 5.7).

Tis last statistic is alarming because it shows that, using the less con-

servative definition o the threshold, a tenth o households acing an

adverse health event incur catastrophic expenditures. In addition, the

proportion o households exceeding this threshold is higher among

the poorest segment o the population (12 percent), than among the

richest households (5 percent). Consequently, since a high percentage

o these households’ payment capacity needs to be allocated to basic

costs such as education and payment o public services, we conclude

that a significant portion o poor households with health problems ace

catastrophic expenditures.Data rom able 5.7 suggest that the incidence o catastrophic

expenditures is higher or uninsured people. Using the 10 percent

threshold as a reerence, approximately 64 percent o uninsured

households acing adverse health events suffer the consequences o

a catastrophic expenditure. Tis proportion is 38 percent in the sub-

sidized regime and 17 percent in the contributory regime. Although

the descriptive data ail to control or differences in the household

characteristics o these groups, making it difficult to establish causal-ity between health insurance and financial protection, these results

give an indication o this pattern.

Incidence of Catastrophic Expenditures for All Households

Te results o the analysis o the incidence or all households, includ-

ing those that do not require health services and those that needed but

did not use them owing to barriers to entry, are shown in able 5.7.

Te estimations observed are similar to those o households that used

health services. As expected, the proportion o households crossing

the catastrophic cost threshold is much lower. Tese results are a little

Page 143: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 143/199

133FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   7

   I   n

   c   i   d   e   n   c   e   o   f   C   a   t   a   s   t  r   o   p   h   i   c

   E  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e   s   b  y   T   h  r   e   s   h

   o   l   d

 

        k

   =   1   0    %

        k

   =   2   0    %

        k

   =   3   0    %

        k

   =   4   0    %

 

   U   s   e   r

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   T   o   t   a   l

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   U   s   e   r

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   T   o   t   a   l

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o

   l   d   s

   U   s   e   r

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   T   o   t   a

   l

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   U   s   e   r

   h   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s

   T   o   t   a   l

   h   o   u   s   e   h

   o   l   d   s

   I   n   s   u   r   a   n   c   e   t   y   p   e

   T   o   t   a   l ,   %

   3   1

 .   9

   1   1

 .   0

   2   0

 .   8

   7 .   0

   1   4

 .   5

   5 .   0

   1   0

 .   9

   4 .   0

   U   n   i   n   s   u   r   e   d

 ,   %

   6   3

 .   9

   1   6

 .   6

   4   5

 .   4

   1   0

 .   9

   3   4

 .   0

   8 .   1

   2   3

 .   9

   5 .   9

   S   u   b   s   i   d   i   z   e   d

   r   e   g   i   m   e

 ,   %

   3   7

 .   9

   1   4

 .   0

   2   7

 .   6

   9 .   9

   2   0

 .   8

   7 .   4

   1   7

 .   5

   6 .   2

   C   o   n   t   r   i   b   u   t   o   r   y

   r   e   g   i   m   e

 ,   %

   1   6

 .   9

   6 .   9

   8 .   5

   2 .   9

   4 .   4

   1 .   5

   3 .   4

   1 .   1

   I   n   c   o   m   e   q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   s

   Q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   1

 ,   %

   3   7

 .   6

   1   2

 .   3

   2   5

 .   0

   7 .   3

   1   6

 .   4

   5 .   0

   1   1

 .   5

   4 .   0

   Q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   2

 ,   %

   5   1

 .   2

   1   7

 .   8

   4   0

 .   5

   1   3

 .   6

   3   1

 .   7

   1   0

 .   4

   2   6

 .   2

   8 .   3

   Q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   3

 ,   %

   2   9

 .   7

   1   1

 .   1

   1   9

 .   0

   6 .   6

   1   1

 .   6

   3 .   9

   6 .   6

   2 .   4

   Q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   4

 ,   %

   2   0

 .   5

   8 .   0

   1   0

 .   0

   3 .   4

   6 .   2

   2 .   1

   5 .   0

   1 .   7

   Q   u   i   n   t   i   l   e   5

 ,   %

   2   0

 .   4

   6 .   8

   9 .   3

   2 .   5

   6 .   6

   1 .   7

   5 .   4

   1 .   4

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s   ’    c   a   l   c

   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   s ,   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   L    S   M    S   2   0   0   3   d   a   t   a .

   N   o   t   e   :    “   U   s   e   r   ”   h   o   u   s   e   h   o

   l   d   s   a   r   e   t   h   o   s   e   u   s   i   n   g   i   n   p   a   t   i   e   n   t   a   n   d   o   u   t   p   a   t   i   e

   n   t   s   e   r   v   i   c   e   s .

   k  =   T   h   r   e   s   h   o   l   d   o    f   c   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c   p   a   y   m   e   n   t   s   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   r   e   l   a   t   i   o   n   o    f   h   e

   a   l   t   h  -   r   e   l   a   t   e   d   o   u   t  -   o    f  -   p   o   c   k   e   t   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   s   a   n   d   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y .

Page 144: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 144/199

134 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

higher than those o Flórez and Hernández (2005), who ound that the

incidence o catastrophic expenditures (using a 30 percent threshold)

decreased rom 13 percent in 1997 to 3 percent in 2003.

Impoverishing Health Expenditures

Te previous section ocused on the incidence o catastrophic expen-

ditures in Colombian households but did not offer inormation about

the impact o these burdens on poverty. A health-related out-o-pocket

expenditure is considered impoverishing i it is high enough to drivea household below the poverty line. o evaluate impoverishing health

expenditures, two poverty lines are considered: the national poverty

line and an endogenous poverty line (ollowing Xu, Kawabata, Evans,

et al . [2003], the endogenous poverty line is defined as the point at

which a household’s average ood expenditure reaches the 45th to 55th 

percentile in relation to total expenses).

Incidence of Impoverishing Expenditures for Households

Using Health Services

Te proportion o poor households using health services is much higher

under the national poverty line than under the endogenous poverty

line4: 39 percent vs. 17 percent (able 5.8). However, estimates o the

incidence o impoverishing expenditures is similar or the two defini-

tions: approximately 3 percent o households using health services cross

the endogenous poverty line as a result o adverse health events and

almost 4 percent do so under the national poverty line (able 5.8).

Te perception o the effects o health insurance on the incidence

o impoverishment is similar to that observed in the prior section: the

proportion o non-poor households crossing the poverty line (either the

national or endogenous one) is higher among uninsured than among

insured households. Seven percent o uninsured households, 6 percent

o households in the subsidized regime, and only 1 percent o thosein the contributory regime crossed the endogenous poverty line as a

4 Te endogenous poverty line calculated is equivalent to $Col 118,431 (2003); the national

poverty line or that year was $Col 224,255 or urban areas and $Col 146,186 or rural areas.

Page 145: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 145/199

135FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

consequence o out-o-pocket health expenditures. Te proportions are

10 percent, 6 percent, and 1 percent, respectively, under the national

poverty line (able 5.8).

When observing the small difference between uninsured house-

holds and those in the subsidized system, we must take into account the

act that a high percentage o the households in the latter group are close

to the poverty line: 44 percent belong to the lowest income quintile o the

population (against only 34 percent o those uninsured) and thereore

have a higher probability o alling below the poverty line. In act, when

using as a reerence the national poverty line, which is higher than the

endogenous poverty line, it is possible to observe a higher incidence o

impoverishment or uninsured households than or those affiliated with

the subsidized regime (10 percent and 6 percent, respectively).

Incidence of Impoverishing Health Expenditure for All Households

When pooling the total sample instead o looking only at households us-

ing health services, we find that close to 1 percent o all Colombian house-

holds were impoverished as a result o their health-related out-o-pocket

TABLE 5.8 Impoverishing Expenditures for Households Using

Outpatient and Inpatient Services, by Insurance Type

Already poor,

%

Crosses poverty

line, %

Poor after health

shock, %a

Using endogenous poverty line

Total user households 17.0 3.3 20.3

Uninsured 29.2 6.9 36.1

Subsidized regime 40.1 6.3 46.4

Contributory regime 3.9 0.8 4.7

Using national poverty line

Total user households 39.3 3.7 43.0

Uninsured 52.6 9.5 62.1

Subsidized regime 70.9 5.6 76.5

Contributory regime 22.6 0.7 23.4

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.a Absolute impoverishment.

Page 146: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 146/199

136 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

expenditures. (Again, poverty levels are higher under the national pov-

erty level than under the endogenous poverty line, but the incidences

o impoverishing health expenditures are similar.) Differences between

those uninsured and those insured by the subsidized health insurance

scheme are no longer perceivable (able 5.9). Tis might be explained,

at least in part, by the small sample size.

Impact of Health Insurance on Financial Protection

In the ollowing section, we present the results obtained rom the

propensity score matching (PSM) methodology used in the subsidized

regime and the results rom the instrumental variable approach used in

the contributory regime, to measure the mitigating effect o insurance

on catastrophic and impoverishing expenditures.

Subsidized Regime

As mentioned earlier, the impact o subsidized health insurance in

Colombia on the incidence o catastrophic and impoverishing out-o-

TABLE 5.9 Impoverishing Expenditures for All Households,

by Insurance Type

  Already poor, %

Crosses poverty

line, %

Poor after health

shock, %a

Using endogenous poverty line

Total households 21.2 1.1 22.3

Uninsured 31.7 1.9 33.6

Subsidized regime 45.1 2.1 47.2

Contributory regime 4.1 0.2 4.3

Using national poverty line

Total households 42.2 1.2 43.4

Uninsured 57.0 1.9 58.9

Subsidized regime 71.0 1.8 72.8

Contributory regime 20.2 0.4 20.6

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.a Absolute impoverishment.

Page 147: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 147/199

137FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

pocket expenditures was obtained using a PSM methodology. PSM pairs

households in the subsidized regime with non-affiliated households based

on the latter’s probability o participation in the subsidized regime. In

other words, the methodology statistically selects insured and uninsured

households with similar observed characteristics that influence affilia-

tion with the subsidized regime and the outcome variables (that is, the

incidence o catastrophic and impoverishing expenditures).

Tus, the first step o PSM is to estimate the probability o affilia-

tion with the subsidized regime, or which a probit model is used. Te

differences obtained rom the average outcome variables o these twogroups can then be attributed to affiliation in the subsidized regime.

Te variables (observed characteristics) included in the probit model

consist o 1) place-o-residence characteristics such as urban/rural

location, municipal population, local health resources, and municipal

development; and 2) household characteristics, including household

size, access to public services, household per capita income, and other

socioeconomic characteristics such us age, gender, and education o

the head o the household.Results o these estimates confirm what descriptive statistics

showed: subsidized health insurance reduced the incidence o cata-

strophic payments. Te results shown in able 5.10 indicate that health

insurance reduces the incidence o catastrophic payments exceeding

10 percent o a household’s capacity to pay. Similarly, a higher threshold

o 20 percent or 30 percent reduces the incidence by 16 percent and

11 percent, respectively. Health insurance still seems to make a differ-

ence, albeit a smaller one, when raising the threshold to 40 percent o

a household’s capacity to pay (–5 percent).

Results are not conclusive regarding the mitigating effect o subsi-

dized health insurance or the poor on the incidence o impoverishing

health expenditures. As able 5.10 indicates, none o the estimated

differences between uninsured and insured households are statistically

significant. Te lack o significance could be related to the small sample

size o households alling below the poverty line as a consequence ohealth-related out-o-pocket expenditures. Indeed, given that the sub-

sidized health insurance scheme is targeted to the poor, only a small

portion o insured households and matched unaffiliated counterparts

are above any o the defined poverty lines. Tis situation implies that

Page 148: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 148/199

Page 149: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 149/199

139FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

only a small raction o the sample is at risk o alling below the poverty

line as a result o their health expenditures. Although differences be-

tween insured and uninsured populations might exist, they would not

be captured by our model estimates, owing to the small sample size.

In consideration o this problem, a new variable or impoverishing

out-o-pocket expenditures was constructed, taking a wider reerence

measure. Te new variable includes households that become poor by

crossing the official poverty line, as well as those that, already being

below this line, become more impoverished by crossing the endog-

enous poverty line, too. Nevertheless, results or this variable are notsignificant either.

Results from Additional PSM Estimates, Controlling for Differences

in Health Status

Te above results match insured households with uninsured households

along a series o observed characteristics without controlling or differ-

ences in health status. Sicker households may be more likely to sufferrom catastrophic health expenditures than healthier households and

sicker households may not be equally distributed among our insured

amilies. Given this, and to urther control or differences across insured

and uninsured households, we repeated our PSM estimates, adding a

health status perception variable to our matching procedure.

o this end, a health status variable was constructed at the house-

hold level based on the percentage o individuals perceiving their health

status as either “poor” or “very poor.” Simple average comparisons

(able 5.11) indeed indicate that those affiliated with the subsidized re-

gime are more likely to have a poor or very poor health status perception

(6 percent) than are non-affiliates (4 percent). By restricting the sample

to households using ormal health services, we find an increase in group

differences, potentially indicating that illness severity is worse among

insured groups than uninsured groups, since those in the subsidized

regime are likely to perceive themselves as being unhealthy. (See theData and Methodology section or an explanation o sample selection.)

Assuming that health status perception acts as a valid proxy or health

status, when including it in our PSM we anticipated that within our

new and adjusted counteractuals, health status would deteriorate,

Page 150: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 150/199

140 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

increasing the probability o incurring catastrophic health expenditures

among uninsured counteractuals and, as a result, differences between

groups would increase.

It is important to keep in mind that this variable might suffer rom

endogeneity, as health status may not only be influencing health insur-

ance status (sicker individuals may choose to affiliate first, something thatour descriptive statistics, detailed above, seem to indicate), but health

insurance may itsel have an impact on health status (it may improve

health status perception by improving access). Tereore, introducing a

health status perception variable in our matching procedures could bias

the results. Nevertheless, i by including this variable we find a positive

impact o subsidized health insurance we may conclude that there is

in act a mitigating effect o the subsidized regime on the incidence o

catastrophic expenses.

When introducing health status as an additional control vari-

able (able 5.12), the impact increases as expected. Subsidized health

insurance now reduces the incidence o catastrophic costs by 21 percent

when using 10 percent o the capacity to pay as a threshold (instead o

19 percent). Te differences estimated or catastrophic expenditures

with higher thresholds do not seem to change dramatically and the

statistical significance o our results still holds.Interestingly, when including a health status proxy in our PSM

estimates, results regarding the impact o insurance on impoverishment

become significant. When using the official national poverty line as a

reerence, there is evidence o a positive impact o subsidized health

TABLE 5.11 Proportion of Household Members with Poor or

Very Poor Health Perception

Number of observations Percentage

Total for all households (including those that did not use health services)

Uninsured 2,490,297 4.0

Affiliated with subsidized regime 1,524,022 6.1

Total for households using health services

Uninsured 386,178 5.4

Affiliated with subsidized regime 345,233 10.0Source: Authors’ calculations, based on LSMS 2003 data.

Page 151: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 151/199

141FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   1   2

   P  r   o   p   e   n   s   i   t  y   S   c   o  r   e   M   a   t   c   h

   i   n   g   R   e   s  u   l   t   s   f   o  r   C   a   t   a   s   t  r   o   p

   h   i   c   a   n   d   I   m   p   o  v   e  r   i   s   h   i   n   g   E

  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e   s

   (   E   s   t   i   m   a   t   e   o   n   O   b   s   e  r  v   a   t   i   o

   n   s  ;   I   n   c   l  u   d   e   s   H   e   a   l   t   h   S   t   a   t  u   s   P  r   o  x  y   )

 

    S   i   m   p   l   e   m   e   a   n   s   c   o   m   p   a   r   i   s   o   n

   P    S   M    (

   i   n   c   l   u   d

   e   s   h   e   a   l   t   h   s   t   a   t   u   s   p   r   o   x   y   )

 

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s   i   n    S   R

   U   n   i   n   s   u   r   e   d

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

   T   r   e   a   t   e   d

    C   o   n   t   r   o

   l   s

   D   i   f   f   e   r   e   n   c   e

    S   i   g   n   i   fi   c

   a   n   c   e

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c   e   x   p

   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e

   (   1   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

   0 .   3

   7   9

   0 .   6

   3   9

     –         0  .         2

         6

   0 .   3

   9   4

   0 .   6   0

   8

     –         0  .         2

         1

   *   *   *

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c   e   x   p

   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e

   (   2   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

   0 .   2

   7   6

   0 .   4

   5   4

     –         0  .         1

         8

   0 .   2

   7   8

   0 .   4   2

   0

     –         0  .         1

         4

   *   *   *

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c   e   x   p

   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e

   (   3   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

   0 .   2

   0   8

   0 .   3

   4

     –         0  .         1

         3

   0 .   2

   0   3

   0 .   3   1

   4

     –         0  .         1

         1

   *   *   *

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c   e   x   p

   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e

   (   4   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

   0 .   1

   7   5

   0 .   2

   3   9

     –         0  .         0

         6

   0 .   1

   5   9

   0 .   1   9

   6

     –         0  .         0

         4

   *

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s   t   h   a   t

   c   r   o   s   s

   e   n   d   o   g   e   n   o   u   s   p   o   v

   e   r   t   y   l   i   n   e

   0 .   0

   7   1

   0 .   0

   7   8

     –         0  .         0

         1

   0 .   0

   6   1

   0 .   0   5

   1

         0  .         0

         1

  —

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s   t   h   a   t

   c   r   o   s   s

   n   a   t   i   o   n   a   l    p   o   v   e   r   t   y

   l   i   n   e

   0 .   0

   4   8

   0 .   0

   9   1

     –         0  .         0

         4

   0 .   0

   6   4

   0 .   1   0

   0

     –         0  .         0

         4

   *

   H   o   u   s   e   h   o   l   d   s   t   h   a   t

   c   r   o   s   s

   e   n   d   o   g   e   n   o   u   s   o   r   n

   a   t   i   o   n   a   l 

   p   o   v   e   r   t   y   l   i   n   e

   0 .   0

   2   6

   0 .   0

   2   9

         0  .         0

         0

   0 .   0

   9   9

   0 .   1   4

   1

     –         0  .         0

         4

   *

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s   ’    c   a   l   c

   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   s ,   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   L    S   M    S   2   0   0   3   d   a   t   a .

   *   *   *  =   p   <   0 .   0   1 ,   *   *  =   p

   <   0 .   0   5 ,   *   p   <   0 .   1   0 .

Page 152: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 152/199

Page 153: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 153/199

143FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

5 Categories in the LSMS questionnaire to identiy employed household heads were private-

sector employee or government employee. Categories or sel-employed household heads were:laborer, housemaid, or servant; independent proessional; independent worker or sel-employed;

business owner; or arm worker.

coverage is part o labor contracts or most ormal sector workers. In

contrast, sel-employed workers need to take the initiative themselves

to affiliate (even though, in theory, they are required to do this by law),

giving them more room to decide whether to do so.

As a result, the determinants o participation in the contributory

regime will be different in these two groups. We thereore decided to

make separate estimates and different instrumental variables or each

group. We divided our sample into 1) households in which the head

o the household indicated he or she was employed; and 2) households

in which the head indicated he or she was sel-employed.5

 We estab-lished independent models and selected different instruments or each

group.

Instrumental variables were chosen on the basis o variable

strength and identiying restrictions. In the case o sel-employed

people, firm size was selected (using the firm or which people worked

on contract). Firm size and a dummy or ormality o employment

(a written contract) were selected variables or employed people. Both

 variables relate to the degree o ormality as a key determinant o thelikelihood o affiliation.

It is important to note that the validity o the empirical strategy

depends critically on the selected instrumental variables. For the

method to be valid, every instrument must influence the affiliation

decision—there should be a strong relation between the instrumental

 variables and the affiliation variable, even afer controlling or other

 variables included in the outcome model. As well, instruments should

not be related to the outcome variable either directly or indirectly,

except through affiliation to health insurance. In particular, the in-

strument must not be related to unobservable variables that should be

included in the outcome equation. Tese are the main assumptions o

the instrumental variable approach, and every instrumental variable

should be assessed, both theoretically and empirically, to determine i

it complies with these requirements.

Page 154: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 154/199

144 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

6 In the first-stage probit regression, selected instruments were significantly different romzero, both individually and jointly. Estimated marginal effects and standard errors in the first-stage probit or a sample composed o households headed by employed workers are: 0.0029/

[0.0025] or company size and 0.1232 [0.0343] or written contract. For households headedby sel-employed workers, the first stage showed a marginal effect o 0.0290/[0.0138] or the

company-size instrument.

Te selected instrumental variables comply with the first re-

quirement. Conceptually, our instruments are highly related to the

ormality o employment and, as mentioned beore, affiliation in the

SGSSS is largely determined by employment status and the ormality

o the employment; hence, instruments should be highly related to

affiliation, as required. Furthermore, our instruments perormed well

in the empirical tests: they have proven to be partially correlated with

affiliation afer other exogenous variables entering the outcome equa-

tion have been netted out.6

Regarding the second requirement, we argue that our selectedinstruments are also valid. Neither company size nor having a writ-

ten contract has a direct influence on the likelihood o catastrophic

expenses or impoverishment, since neither o these variables is

theoretically related to the probability o an adverse health event, its

severity, or its associated cost. However, the ormality o employment

could influence the likelihood o catastrophic expense or impoverish-

ment, owing to its association with household income level. In this

sense, we could conclude that company size and written contractsmight not be good instrumental variables because they might be

 violating the exclusion restriction. I the instruments were associated

with our outcome variables through unobserved or excluded actors

in the outcome variable model, our results would not be valid. Tis

is not the case, since the study controls or a series o variables that

capture the socioeconomic conditions o households or catastrophic

and impoverishing expenditures (head o household’s education and

the highest education level o one o the members o the household,

property, housing conditions, household size, and access to services,

among other variables).

In addition to these conceptual considerations, we also tested

the validity o our instruments by ollowing a procedure similar to the

Page 155: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 155/199

145FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

7 We ollowed Waters (1999) and used one o the instrumental variables to identiy the affiliation

equation; the others were included in the outcome equation. I the estimated coefficient on theinstrument included in the outcome equation was significantly different rom zero, that variablewas rejected as an appropriate instrumental variable.8 Te estimated coefficients or the two instrumental variables (alternating the variable tested)are 0.0040/[0.0134] or company size and 0.0508/[0.0498] or written contract. Neither was

significantly different rom zero, suggesting they are good instruments.

over-identified restrictions test,7 which is useul to indirectly test the

exclusion restriction when there are two or more instruments. Tis test is

extensively used to choose the instrumental variables rom among all the

proposed candidates. In the sample in which the head o the household

indicated he or she was employed, we finally chose two instruments

(company size and having a written contract) and thereore were able

to apply the over-identification test, in which the selected instruments

perormed well.8 For households headed by sel-employed individuals,

although we finally selected only one instrument and hence it is not

possible to calculate the identification test, it is important to note thatthe instrument is the same.

o summarize, we can conclude that theoretically and empirically

(up to the point at which it is easible to test), our selected instrumental

 variables comply with the methodological requirements and thereore

our results should be corrected or endogeneity and selection bias.

For both groups (employed and sel-employed) and or each

outcome variable (catastrophic payments with different thresholds

or impoverishing expenditures based on different poverty lines), twomodels were estimated.

Te first was a probit model, including a series o control variables

(municipal variables such as population, health resources, health acilities

supply, municipal development, contributory regime coverage, and an

index o competition in the health insurance market in the municipal-

ity). Also included were household variables such as urban/rural loca-

tion, housing characteristics, access to public services, household size,

household per capita income, and other socioeconomic characteristics

such as age, gender, and education o the household’s head.

Te second was a two-stage probit and bivariate probit model

that used our instrumental variables and thereby controlled or the

potential endogeneity problem in health insurance status. o deter-

Page 156: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 156/199

146 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

mine whether endogeneity was indeed a problem in this instrumental

 variable approach, a Hausman test was calculated or the two-stage

probit models and a rho-Wald test or exogeneity was computed or

the bivariate model.

able 5.13 shows the results or the impact o contributory health

insurance on the probability o incurring catastrophic expenditures or

both employed and sel-employed households (keep in mind that we

restricted our sample to patients using ormal health services).

Households Headed by Formally Employed Workers

Results rom our endogeneity tests indicate that contributory health

insurance status is not endogenous to catastrophic expenditures in the

case o employed workers. Tis situation seems to be consistent with

the act that employed workers do not participate in the decision to

affiliate—their affiliation depends on the employer and is tied to the

worker’s contract rather than to individual decisions and characteris-

tics. Tereore, no instrumental variable approach is needed to controlor endogeneity in the health insurance status o employed workers

and their amilies. In this case we preer a probit model with control

 variables.

Since we ound no evidence o endogenous affiliation in these

models, we can conclude that no unobservable or excluded variables

simultaneously influence the outcome and the affiliation; thereore, there

is no need to correct or selection bias (or other sources o endogenous

affiliation) using an instrumental variable technique. Moreover, it has

been shown that using an instrumental variable when there are no en-

dogenous regressors results in large, overestimated standard errors and

thereore unreliable hypothesis testing. Tose reasons led us to choose a

probit model instead o the instrumental variable approach. Te probit

model with control variables yields smaller standard errors than those

we would have obtained using an instrumental variable approach.

Our results show that health insurance coverage provided by thecontributory regime significantly reduces the probability o incurring

catastrophic payments among households headed by ormally em-

ployed workers: coverage reduces the probability o catastrophic costs

by 27 percent when using a threshold o 10 percent o a household’s

Page 157: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 157/199

147FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   1   3

   I   m   p   a   c   t   o   f   C   o   n   t  r   i   b  u   t   o  r  y   R

   e   g   i   m   e   o   n   I   n   c   i   d   e   n   c   e   o   f   C

   a   t   a   s   t  r   o   p   h   i   c   E  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e

   s

 

   E   m

   p   l   o  y   e   d

   S   e   l   f  -   e   m   p   l   o  y   e   d

   S   i   m   p   l   e

   d   i   f   f

   P  r   o   b   i   t

   c   o   n   t  r   o

   l   s

   I   V

   p  r   o   b   i   t

   B   i   p  r   o   b   i   t

   I   V

   S   i   m   p   l   e

   d   i   f   f

   P  r   o   b   i   t   c   o

   n   t  r   o   l   s

   I   V   p  r   o   b   i   t

   B   i   p  r   o   b   i   t

   I   V

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   (   1   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

  –   0

 .   3   2   8   1

   [   0 .   0

   7   4   7   ]   *   *   *

     –         0  .         2

         7         1

         2

         [         0  .         0

         7         7         5         ]

         *         *         *

  –   0

 .   2   4   0   8

   [   0 .   0

   8   2   6   ]   *   *

  –   0

 .   3   1   4   3

   [   0 .   1

   5   6   7   ]   *

  –   0

 .   4   6   8   5

   [   0 .   0

   5   3   9   ]   *   *   *

  –   0

 .   5   2

   1   2

   [   0 .   0

   6   9   9   ]   *   *   *

  –   0

 .   6   2   7   8

   [   0 .   2

   0   6   4   ]   *   *

     –         0  .         6

         2         2         7

         [         0  .         1

         5         6

         5         ]         *         *         *

   N

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1   0   3   1

   1 ,   0   3

   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1   0   3   1

   H   a   u   s   m   a   n   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   1   2   2   6

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   1   7   8   5

  —

   R   h   o  -   W

   a   l   d   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   1

   1   8

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   6   9

   5   2   *

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   (   2   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

  –   0

 .   2   1   6   5

   [   0 .   0

   5   2   9   ]   *   *   *

     –         0  .         1

         3         1

         [         0  .         0

         3         7         6         ]

         *         *         *

  –   0

 .   0   7   1   6

   [   0 .   0

   2   7   5   ]   *   *

  –   0

 .   0   7   8   6

   [   0 .   0

   6   3   3   ]

  –   0

 .   3   6   8   5

   [   0 .   0

   4   3   6   ]   *   *   *

  –   0

 .   3   2

   7   4

   [   0 .   0

   4   4   0   ]   *   *   *

  –   0

 .   5   6   4   4

   [   0 .   1

   8   2   7   ]   *   *

     –         0  .         6

         1         2         7

         [         0  .         0

         8         7

         0         ]         *         *         *

   N

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0   3

   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   H   a   u   s   m   a   n   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

   0 .   3

   5   7   9

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   8   9   1   6

  —

   R   h   o  -   W

   a   l   d   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   2   4   7   9

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   8   0

   3   2   *

   C   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   o   n   n   e   x

   t   p   a   g   e

Page 158: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 158/199

148 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

   T   A   B   L   E

   5 .   1   3

   I   m   p   a   c   t   o   f   C   o   n   t  r   i   b  u   t   o  r  y   R

   e   g   i   m   e   o   n   I   n   c   i   d   e   n   c   e   o   f   C

   a   t   a   s   t  r   o   p   h   i   c   E  x   p   e   n   d   i   t  u  r   e

   s

 

   E   m

   p   l   o  y   e   d

   S   e   l   f  -   e   m   p   l   o  y   e   d

   S   i   m   p   l   e

   d   i   f   f

   P  r   o   b   i   t

   c   o   n   t  r   o

   l   s

   I   V

   p  r   o   b   i   t

   B   i   p  r   o   b   i   t

   I   V

   S   i   m   p   l   e

   d   i   f   f

   P  r   o   b   i   t   c   o   n   t  r   o   l   s

   I   V   p  r   o   b   i   t

   B   i   p  r

   o   b   i   t

   I   V

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   (   3   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

  –   0

 .   1   4   1

   [   0 .   0

   3   7   1   ]   *   *   *

     –         0  .         0

         4         1

         9

         [         0  .         0

         2         2         8         ]

  –   0

 .   0   1   8   6

   [   0 .   0

   1   2   8   ]

  –   0

 .   0   1   7   4

   [   0 .   0

   2   2   1   ]

  –   0

 .   2   9   2

   [   0 .   0

   3   9   6   ]   *   *   *

     –         0  .         2         7

         2         7

         [         0  .         0

         3         5         0         ]         *         *         *

  –   0

 .   4   2   8   3

   [   0 .   1

   1   5   3   ]   *   *   *

  –   0 .   5

   1   7   4

   [   0 .   1   0   7

   0   ]   *   *   *

   N

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0   3

   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   H   a   u   s   m   a   n   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

   0 .   4

   0   9   7

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   7   7   3   3

  —

   R   h   o  -   W

   a   l   d   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   3   5   5   1

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   2

   3   5   6

   C   a   t   a   s   t   r   o   p   h   i   c

   e   x   p   e   n   d   i   t   u   r   e   (   4   0   %

   c   a   p   a   c   i   t   y   t   o   p   a   y   )

  –   0

 .   1   0   9   1

   [   0 .   0

   3   2   6   ]   *   *

     –         0  .         0

         3         9

         2

         [         0  .         0

         2         5         4         ]

  –   0

 .   0   1   8   5

   [   0 .   0

   1   1   6   ]

  –   0

 .   0   2   1   3

   [   0 .   0

   3   5   5   ]

  –   0

 .   1   8   6   1

   [   0 .   0

   4   1   0   ]   *   *   *

     –         0  .         1         3

         9         4

         [         0  .         0

         3         0         3         ]         *         *         *

  –   0

 .   1   4   6   7

   [   0 .   1

   0   4   1   ]

  –   0 .   2

   0   2   9

   [   0 .   1   3

   2   6   ]

   N

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   1

   1   7

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0   3

   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   1 ,   0

   3   1

   H   a   u   s   m   a   n   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

   0 .   1

   2   4

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   1

   0   7   7

  —

   R   h   o  -   W

   a   l   d   t   e   s   t

  —

  —

  —

  –   0

 .   2   5   2   8

  —

  —

  —

   0 .   2

   0   9   4

    S   o   u   r   c   e   :   A   u   t   h   o   r   s   ’    c   a   l   c

   u   l   a   t   i   o   n   s ,   b   a   s   e   d   o   n   L    S   M    S   2   0   0   3   d   a   t   a .

   N   o   t   e   :   E   a   c   h   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   i   n

   c   l   u   d   e   s   r   e   s   u   l   t   s   o    f   H   a   u   s   m   a   n   a   n   d   r   h   o  -   W   a   l   d

   t   e   s   t   s ,   w   h   i   c   h   t   e   s   t   t   h   e   e   x   o   g   e   n   e   i   t   y   o    f   t   h   e   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e .   T   h   e    fi   r   s   t   c   o   r   r   e   s   p   o   n   d   s   t   o   t   h   e   p   r   o   b   i   t

   m   o   d   e   l   (   b   i   p   r   o   b   i   t   I   V   )   ;   t   h   e   s   e   c   o   n   d   c   o   r   r   e   s   p   o   n

   d   s   t   o   t   h   e

   d   e   r   i   v   e   d   p   r   o   b   i   t   m   o   d   e   l

   (   b   i   p   r   o   b   i   t   I   V   ) .   I    f   y   o   u   r   e   j   e   c   t   t   h   e   t   e   s   t ,   a    f    fi   l   i   a   t   i   o   n   i   s   n   o   t   e   x   o   g   e   n   o   u   s   i   n   t   h   e   o   r   i   g   i   n   a   l   m   o   d   e   l   s   a   n   d   I   V   i   s   n   e   e   d   e   d .   I    f   y   o   u   a   c   c   e   p   t   t   h   e   n   u   l   l   h   y   p   o   t   h   e   s   i   s ,   p   r   o   b   i   t   m   o   d   e   l   s   w   i   t   h   c   o   n   t   r   o   l   s

   a   r   e   k   e   p   t ,

   s   i   n   c   e   t   h   e   t   e   s   t   i   n   d   i   c   a   t   e

   s   t   h   a   t   a    f    fi   l   i   a   t   i   o   n   i   s   n   o   t   e   n   d   o   g   e   n   o   u   s .   I    f   p   a   r   t   i   c   i   p   a   t   i   o   n   i   s   n   o   t   e   n   d   o   g   e   n   o   u   s ,   t   h   e   s   e   l   e   c   t   i   o   n

   b   i   a   s   o    f   t   h   e   r   e   s   u   l   t   i   n   g   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   i   s   g   i   v   e   n   o   n   l   y

    f   o   r   o   b   s   e   r   v   a   b   l   e   v   a   r   i   a   b   l   e   s ,   w   h   i   c   h   a   r   e   i   n   c   l   u   d

   e   d   i   n   t   h   e

   m   o   d   e   l .   U   s   i   n   g   t   h   e   p   r   o   b   i   t   m   o   d   e   l   i   n   c   l   u   d   i   n   g   t   h   e   s   e   c   o   n   t   r   o   l   s   i   s   s   u    f    fi   c

   i   e   n   t .

   I   V  =   i   n   s   t   r   u   m   e   n   t   a   l   v   a   r   i   a

   b   l   e .

   (   c   o   n   t   i   n   u   e   d   )

Page 159: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 159/199

149FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

capacity to pay and by 13 percent when using a threshold o 20 percent.

As expected, the mitigating effect decreases as the threshold o cata-

strophic expenditure increases; results are no longer significant when

using a threshold o 40 percent.

Households Headed by Self-Employed Workers

Contrary to what we ound or households headed by ormally employed

workers, the health insurance status or households headed by sel-

employed people does indeed appear to be endogenous to catastrophicexpenditure (bottom o able 5.13). Consequently, an instrumental

 variable approach was preerred or this group. Our results provide

evidence o a significant positive impact o contributory health insur-

ance on the probability o having to make catastrophic payments. For

households headed by sel-employed workers, the contributory regime

seems to reduce the probability o acing catastrophic health expendi-

tures, irrespective o the chosen threshold.

Similar to what we ound or households headed by employedworkers, the positive impact o health insurance seems to decrease as

the size o the catastrophe increases: affiliation with the contributory

regime reduces the probability o a catastrophic expenditure exceeding

10 percent o the household’s capacity to pay by 62 percent, a percentage

that drops to 13 percent when using a threshold o 40 percent.

Impact of Contributory Regime on Impoverishing Expenditures

able 5.14 shows the results or the impact o contributory regime a-

filiation on impoverishing expenditures. Similar to the results or the

subsidized regime, the distribution o the population around the selected

poverty lines and a small sample o households experiencing impover-

ishment make it difficult to identiy the mitigating effect o insurance.

However, the results do indicate a positive impact or contributory

regime affiliation on households with sel-employed heads, reducingthe probability o crossing the national poverty line by our percentage

points (–4.1 percent). Using a less stringent criterion o poverty that

considers both households that crossed the national poverty line or  the

endogenous poverty line, affiliation with the contributory regime reduces

Page 160: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 160/199

Page 161: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 161/199

Page 162: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 162/199

152 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

an instrumental variable approach was used to measure the impact o

the contributory regime.

Although measuring the economic impact o illness is complex

and the data available to analyze the economic consequences o ill-

ness are limited, the study relied on methods that could achieve a

comprehensive analysis o the impact o health insurance on financial

protection. Te ollowing challenges or this analysis were considered:

first, the lack o longitudinal data limits research to estimates o the

 potential  impact and not the real impact o adverse health events on

households. In a similar manner, the sample was limited to householdsin which members are all under the same affiliation regime. Second,

methods were included to make adjustments to estimates to convert

all expenses (outpatient and inpatient) to the same period o reerence.

Finally, owing to the lack o international consensus regarding the

threshold defining “catastrophic,” different thresholds o capacity to

pay were used to measure the impact o health insurance.

Health insurance coverage has increased dramatically in Colom-

bia since the health reorms in 1993. Low-income groups were mostavored by this health system. However, in 2003, more than a fifh o

the population that required services was no longer able to gain access

to them or supply and demand reasons. Tese barriers mostly affected

the insured population, including a high number o subsidized regime

affiliates. Tus, catastrophic expenditures could be underestimated i

one limits the analysis to the incidence o catastrophic expenses or

the population as a whole, since the poorest without access to health

services might not be included. For this reason, the study ocuses on the

analysis o households using health services and those that are likely

to ace catastrophic expenditures by having to incur out-o-pocket

expenses to cover health costs.

Te incidence o catastrophic costs is higher or uninsured people

than or those insured in the subsidized or contributory regimes. Using

a low catastrophic expenditure threshold (10 percent o a household’s

capacity to pay), we find that 64 percent o uninsured households,38 percent o those in the subsidized regime, and 17 percent o those in

the contributory regime experienced catastrophic health expenditures.

Similarly, expenditures resulting rom adverse health events led 7 percent

o uninsured households, 6 percent o subsidized regime households,

Page 163: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 163/199

153FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

and 1 percent o contributory regime households to cross the poverty

line. Sel-employed workers in the contributory regime were the ones

who benefited most rom health insurance.

Tese differences suggest that insurance mitigates the financial

impact and impoverishment resulting rom adverse health events. PSM

and instrumental variable results ratiy the hypothesis and correct

potential selection bias. Using a 10 percent threshold or catastrophic

expenditures, the resulting difference in incidence o such expenditures

between uninsured sel-employed individuals and contributory regime

affiliates amounts to 62 percent. For ormally employed workers andcontributory regime affiliates the difference amounts to 27 percent, and

or uninsured workers and subsidized regime affiliates the difference

is 21 percent.

Te mitigating effect o insurance, under both regimes, is better

or protecting households rom low expenditures and common out-o-

pocket expenditures than rom high costs. Insurance’s financial protec-

tion decreases as the catastrophic expenditure threshold increases. For

sel-employed people, the contributory regime decreases the likelihoodo a catastrophic expenditure by 62 percent when the catastrophic

expenditure threshold equals 10 percent o capacity to pay, 61 percent

when a 20 percent threshold is selected, and 13 percent when a 40 per-

cent threshold is used. For the subsidized regime, the positive impact

decreases rom 21 percent to 4 percent as the threshold increases.

It is clear that the Colombian health insurance system offers

households financial protection rom the impact o health expenditures.

Furthermore, sel-employed workers benefited more than ormally em-

ployed people, showing that the risk o suffering a financial catastrophe

resulting rom health events is different or each population group. Te

benefits o financial protection resulting rom health insurance are also

different or each population group. o improve health policy effective-

ness, it will be important to study the determinants o catastrophic

expenditures. Tis would allow or evaluation and modification o the

current financial protection design in the present Colombian systemas it relates to the main risk actors ound in this study.

Page 164: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 164/199

154 FLÓREZ, GIEDION, PARDO, AND ALFONSO

References

Baeza, C., and .G. Packard. 2007. Beyond Survival. Protecting House-holds from Health Shocks in Latin America. Palo Alto, CA: Stanord

University Press.

Barón, G. 2007. Cuentas de salud de Colombia, 1993–2003. Bogotá:

Ministerio de Protección Social.

Berki, S.E. 1986. A Look at Catastrophic Medical Expenses and the Poor.

Health Affairs (Winter).

Bitrán, R., U. Giedion, R. Muñoz, et al . 2004. Risk pooling, ahorro y

prevención: estudio regional de políticas para la protección de los

más pobres de los eectos de los shocks de salud. Estudio de caso

de Colombia. Unpublished report or the World Bank.

Centro de Estudios Regionales, Caeteros y Empresariales. 2002. Bases

conceptuales para la creación de un Ministerio de Protección Social

en Colombia. Final report. Bogotá: Ministerio de Salud.

Departamento Administrativo Nacional de Estadística. 1997 and 2003.

Encuesta Nacional de Calidad de Vida [Living Standards Measure-ment Survey]. Bogotá: DANE.

Flórez, C.E., and O.L. Acosta. 2007. Avances y desaíos de la equidad

en el sistema de salud colombiano. Working Document No. 15.

Bogotá: Fundación Corona.

Flórez, C.E., and D. Hernández. 2005. Financing and the Health System:

Colombia Case Study. Unpublished report or the World Health

Organization.

Giedion, U., B. Díaz, and E. Alonso. 2007. Te Impact o the Contribu-tory Regime on Access and Utilization. Unpublished report or

the Brookings Institution.

Hsiao, W.C., and P.R. Shaw. 2007. Social Health Insurance for Developing

Nations. World Bank Institute Development Studies. Washington:

World Bank.

Kawabata, K., K. Xu, and G. Carrin. 2002. Preventing Impoverishment

through Protection against Catastrophic Health Expenditure.

Bulletin of the World Health Organization 80(8).

Knaul, F.M., H. Arreola-Ornelas, and O. Méndez. 2005. Protección

financiera en salud: México, 1992–2004. Salud Pública de México 

47(6): 430–39.

Page 165: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 165/199

155FINANCIAL PROTECTION OF HEALTH  INSURANCE

Ministerio de Protección Social. 2007. Bogotá: Encuesta Nacional de

Salud, Ministerio de Protección Social, COLCIENCIAS.

Molina, G. 1992. Distribución del gasto público en salud . Bogotá:

FEDESARROLLO, World Bank.

O’Meara, G., F. Ruiz, and J.L. Amaya. 2003. Impacto del aseguramiento

sobre uso y gasto en salud en Colombia.  Bogotá: Universidad

Javeriana.

Russell, S. 2004. Te Economic Burden o Illness or Households in

Developing Countries: A Review o Studies Focusing on Malaria,

uberculosis, and Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Im-munodeficiency Syndrome. American Journal of ropical Medicine

and Hygiene 71(2 Suppl): 147–55.

Wagstaff, A., and E. van Doorslaer. 2003. Catastrophe and Impoverish-

ment in Paying or Health Care: With Applications to Vietnam

1993–1998. Health Economics 12(11): 921–34.

Waters, H. 1999. Measuring the Impact o Health Insurance with a

Correction or Selection Bias—A Case Study o Ecuador. Health

Economics 8: 473–83.World Bank. 2007. Healthy Development: Te World Bank Strategy for

Health, Nutrition, and Population Results. Washington: World

Bank.

World Health Organization. 2000. Informe sobre la salud en el mundo:

mejorar el desempeño de los sistemas de salud . Geneva: WHO.

Wyszewianski, L. 1986. Financially Catastrophic and High-Cost Cases:

Definitions, Distinctions, and Teir Implications or Policy For-

mulation. Inquiry  23 (Winter): 382–94.

Xu, K., D. Evans, K. Kawabata, et al . 2003. Household Catastrophic Health

Expenditure: A Multi-Country Analysis. Lancet  362: 111–17.

Xu, J.K., K. Kawabata, D.B. Evans, et al. 2003. Household Health System

Contributions and Capacity to Pay: Definitional, Empirical, and

echnical Challenges. Health Systems Performance Assessment:

Debates, Methods and Empiricism. Geneva: World Health Orga-

nization.

Page 166: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 166/199

Page 167: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 167/199

CHAPTER 6

Ten Years of Health System

Reform: Health Care Financing

Lessons from Colombia María-Luisa Escobar, Ursula Giedion,Olga Lucía Acosta, Ramón A. Castaño,Diana M. Pinto, and Fernando Ruiz Gómez 

Prior to the changes introduced by the health and financial decen-

tralization reorms in 1993, public financing or health in Colombia

was characterized by atomized risk pools, low efficiency, and public

subsidies that did not reach the poor. Tis chapter presents evidence o

the impact o the changes in health financing on the level, composition,

distribution, and equity o health financing in Colombia. Te chapter

also examines threats to the reorm’s financial sustainability and drawslessons or Colombia and the world, using evidence rom 10 years o

reorm implementation.

Before the Reforms

Prior to the reorms, the economic cost o care was the most important

barrier to access: more than hal o the population in the poorest income

groups was not able to obtain medical assistance when needed becauseo the cost. Te private sector was important both in the financing and

provision o health services beore the reorms. Forty percent o all health

interventions and 45 percent o all hospitalizations were provided in

Page 168: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 168/199

158 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

the private sector [Figure 6.1; Departamento Administrativo Nacionalde Estadística (DANE), 1992].

Despite a large government-owned health care service delivery

network, the poor not only had less access to health care than the rich

but paid a larger proportion o their income or health care. Public

subsidies were not reaching the poor. For example, only 20 percent

o individuals hospitalized in public hospitals were rom the poorest

income quintile, while almost 60 percent were middle- or high-income

individuals rom the ourth and fifh income quintiles (DANE, 1992).

Moreover, while 91 percent o the poorest patients admitted to pub-

lic hospitals incurred out-o-pocket expenses, only 69 percent o the

wealthiest did so (Figure 6.2).

he pre-reorm National Health System comprised three

separate and independent sub-sectors: the “official” or public sector

(government-owned acilities), the social security sector or ormally

employed workers, and the private sector, used by both insured anduninsured patients. Health financing relied on general and local tax

revenue, payroll contributions, and out-o-pocket expenditure, with no

pooling o the three sources o financing, resulting in little solidarity

and high inequality.

FIGURE 6.1  Per Capita Public and Social Security Expenditure, 1986–90

$180,000

$160,000

$140,000

$120,000

$100,000

$80,000

$60,000

$40,000

$20,000

$01 2 3 4 5

Per capita public spending uninsured

Social security per capita spending

Year

Source: Authors, based on data from DANE (1993).

Page 169: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 169/199

159TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

Public sub-sector financing, unneled through historical budgets,

supported public hospitals, primary care, and vertical programs that

addressed malaria, tuberculosis, leprosy, immunization, and maternal/

inant and reproductive health, as well as disease surveillance and theadministrative expenses o the central and decentralized Ministry o

Health offices. Beyond the vertical programs, there was no separate

allocation o resources or disease prevention and health promotion

activities or or community health activities. able 6.1 explains the

structure and characteristics o the financing o the pre-reorm health

system in Colombia.

Public spending on health prior to the reorms was low compared

with spending in neighboring countries (United Nations Development

Programme, 1992). Public health spending was 2.3 percent o gross

domestic product (GDP) in Mexico, 2.1 percent in Chile, 2 percent

in Venezuela, 1.7 percent in Brazil, 1.5 percent in Argentina, and

less than 1 percent in Colombia in 1988. By 1993 public expenditure

in Colombia was 1.4 percent o GDP and 22 percent o total health

expenditures (Molina et al., 1993). According to the World Health

Organization (WHO), in 2008 countries such as Guatemala and ElSalvador and to some extent Bolivia and Ecuador had low levels o

government expenditure and high out-o-pocket payments, a compo-

sition o expenditure similar to that in Colombia beore the reorms.

Similarly, Uganda, Kenya, and India have government expenditures

FIGURE 6.2  Populations Paying for Inpatient Care in Public Hospitals, by

Income Level (Before Law 100 in 1993)

69

76

83

91

88

Quintile 5

Quintile 4

Quintile 3

Quintile 2

Quintile 1

0 20

Percentage

40 60 80 100

    I   n   c   o   m   e    G   r   o   u   p

Source: Escobar and Panopoulou (2002); DANE (1993b).

Page 170: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 170/199

160 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

TABLE 6.1 Health System Financing before 1993

Beforereform Public funding

Social security &other insurance

Out-of-pocketpayments

Main

source of

revenue

• General tax financing

earmarked for health and

education and allocated

through transfers from

treasury (situado fiscal )

• Transfers from central

government (“sin taxes”a)

Departmental andmunicipal resources

• 8% payroll contribu-

tion from formal

sector employees

• Variety of contri-

bution levels for

smaller schemes

• Only 21% of

population covered,mostly without

family coverage

• Only a minority had

private insurance

• Family income

Pooling   • Limited pooling of

general tax funding

• No pooling of

resources among

rich and poor, or

employed and non-

employed uninsured,

or among socialsecurity groups

• No pooling

Distribution   • Great differences

among regions: highest

per capita allocation

by a department was

81.5 times the lowest

allocation (1984)

• Most of the budget

financed public facilities

• Mostly urban

• Great differences

among regions

• High inequity

• Most important

barrier to access-

ing care was

economic: 57% of

poorest patients

not able to obtain

care when neededbecause of cost

Level   • Very low direct public ex-

penditure compared with

other countries in region:

1.4% of GDP (service de-

livery, water, surveillance,

research, etc.)

• 22% of total health

expenditure (1993)

• 1.6% of GDP

• 26% of total health

expenditure covering

less than 25% of

population (1993)

• 4% of GDP

• 52% of total

health expenditure

(1993), causing

further impoverish-

ment and having

no redistributive

effect

Source: Authors, using information from National Health Accounts; DANE (1993a); the general comptroller’s office,

and Molina et al . (1993).a Taxes on alcohol, tobacco, and lotteries and other gambling, collected by local governments on behalf of national

government (rentas cedidas).

GDP = gross domestic product.

Page 171: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 171/199

161TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

1 Although decentralization started in the 1980s, Law 10/1990, constitutional reorm in 1991,and Law 60/1993 consolidated it. Te 1991 constitutional reorm made a commitment to social

spending, earmarking a portion o the national budget or social sectors (situado fiscal ) withdecentralized administration o resources and progressive allocation o resources to departments

and municipalities. aking decentralization to national territories, Law 60 defined population-

based allocation rules and allowed fiscal decentralization. Constitutional amendments (1995and 2001) and Law 715/2001 introduced changes to the decentralization process by clariyingunctions o different levels o government and reorming the transer system. wo main sources

o revenue were merged into one system o transers to sub-national governments with threeseparate windows: demand subsidies or insurance, supply-side subsidies or hospitals, and public

health. In 2008, 23.5 percent o government transers were allocated to health.

as a percentage o total health spending in line with what Colombia

had beore the reorms.

Health Reforms of 1993

Law 100 o 1993 transormed the financing and delivery o health care,

building a new architecture under which financial arrangements con-

 verged with the consolidation o an ongoing decentralization process.1 

Te main characteristics o this new architecture include:

• Improved mobilization and collection o unds by increasing the

sources o public unding and raising the payroll contribution

rate while reducing out-o-pocket expenditures;

• Improved resource pooling with the creation o a national equal-

ization und;

• Te introduction o a targeting mechanism to ensure that public

subsidies reach the poor;

• ransormation o supply-side subsidies into demand-side subsi-dies, making resources ollow the patient;

• Moving away rom historical budgeting toward strategic pur-

chasing o a mandatory health benefits package, with insurers

contracting public and/or private service providers.

Te new system is characterized by mandatory universal health

insurance with two regimes. Formally employed and independent work-

ers with a pre-determined minimum income level must enroll in the

contributory regime and contribute payroll taxes totaling 12.5 percent,

Page 172: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 172/199

Page 173: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 173/199

163TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

Figure 6.3 summarizes the financial architecture, showing how

decentralized transers and resources in the equalization und comple-

ment each other to finance national social health insurance. Low levels

o both out-o-pocket expenditures and other private expenditures

complement the system’s financial architecture.

Results of the Reforms

Level and Composition of Spending 

en years afer the reorms, Colombia spent 1.6 percent o GDP more

on health care or its population, increasing its per capita health spend-

FIGURE 6.3  Health System Financing, by Source

12.5% of Wage income

contribution

Equity Fund

FOSYGA

9.69% of wage income:

premium for health care

provision in the

contributory regime

General tax

financing

 pari-passu

Firearms tax

Family compensation

funds

Mandatory car

insurance

Interest gains

Local governments

“sin taxes” revenue

General taxes. Central

government transfers SGP

Insurance RC

Catastrophes &

traffic accidents

Public health

Insurance RS

Out-of-pocket

0.52% of wage income:

pharmaceuticals outside

benefit plan

0.41% of wage income:

prevention & promotion

0.25% of wage income:

maternity leave

0.13% of wage income*:

temporary disability

1.5% of wage income:solidarity contribution for

subsidized regime

Source: Source: Authors.

Note: Sistema General de Participaciones (SGP) distribution for 2004; National Planning Department data.

* As reimbursed in 2006.

FOSYGA = Fondo de Solidaridad y Garantía; RC = contributory regime; RS = subsidized regime; PH = public

health.

48%

Insurance RS

41%

Supply

11%

PH

Page 174: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 174/199

164 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

ing in real terms by as much as the real growth o its GDP in the same

period (able 6.2). As a result, total spending grew rom 6.2 percent o

GDP in 1993 to 7.8 percent o GDP in 2003 (Barón, 2007).

Te composition o health financing changed dramatically with

the reorms. Out-o-pocket spending by households was reduced by

TABLE 6.2 Ten Years of Reform

1993 2003 % Change

Total population 37,127,293 44,583,577 +20

Employment (number of individuals

employed)

14,674,507 17,466,865 +19

Number of individual contributors 4,975,706 6,757,644 +36

GDP (constant millions of 2000 $Col) 151,055,173 187,959,651 +24

GDP (constant millions of 2000 US$)a 77,148 95,996 +24

Total health expenditure (constant

millions of 2000 $Col)

9,494,096 14,270,063 +50

Total health expenditure (constant

millions of 2000 US$)a

 4,850 7,289 +50

Total health expenditure, % GDP 6.2 7.8 +26

Direct public expenditure, % GDP 1.4 2.2 +57

Social insurance expenditure, % GDP 1.6 4.3 +169

Private and out-of-pocket expenditure,

% GDP

3.3 1.2 +64

Per capita health expenditure (constant2000 $Col)

255,717 320,074 +26

Per capita health expenditure (constant

2000 US$)a

 131 163 +26

Average per capita out-of-pocket

expenditure (constant 2000 $Col)

111,633 24,044 –78

Average per capita out-of-pocket

expenditure (constant 2000 US$)a

57.02 12.30 –78

Insured population, % 23 63 +174Source: Authors’ calculations based on National Health Accounts, DANE population data 1951–2015; Banco de

la República & DANE for employment and exchange rates; insurance data ENH 1992 and Encuesta Nacional de

Calidad de Vida 2003.a Exchange rate: US$1 = $Col 1,958.

GDP = gross domestic product.

Page 175: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 175/199

165TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

78 percent between 1993 and 2003 and was gradually replaced by social

security contributions, solidarity unding, and increased government

spending. By 2003 more than 84 percent o total spending was public

and 66 percent was allocated to insurance (World Health Organiza-

tion, 2007).

Distribution of Spending 

Te distribution o spending changed dramatically afer the reorms

and this had a positive impact on poverty alleviation. Colombiansreceived, on average, 1.2 percent o their income as transers rom the

health sector in 1992 (Molina et al., 1993) and 1.9 percent o income in

2003. Te poorest 20 percent o the population received health system

benefits equivalent to 6.2 percent o income beore the reorms. en years

later, this group received a health subsidy equivalent to 50 percent o

their income, while the richest 20 percent o the population transerred

2.9 percent o their income to those worse off. Te poorest households in

the subsidized regime received health subsidies equivalent to 120 percento their income in 2003 (Acosta et al., 2007b).

Significant fiscal effort was required to subsidize the poor. Te

subsidized regime received around US$1.4 billion in 2005, equivalent

to 1.1 percent o the GDP (Pinto, 2006). At the beginning o the re-

orms, the subsidized regime relied mostly on solidarity resources in

the equalization und. Over time, the subsidized regime became less

dependent on payroll tax contributions and 65 percent o the regime’s

revenue is now financed by general tax revenue. Tis became possible as

a result o the ollowing actors: the constitutional mandate to gradually

increase transers to local governments or education and health (Sistema

General de Participaciones; SGP/General System o Participation), the

transormation o supply-side subsidies into demand-side subsidies,

higher co-financing rom local governments, and the fiscal restrictions

imposed on the use o resources in the Fondo de Solidaridad y Garantía

(FOSYGA) solidarity account as a result o the economic crisis.Despite the many advantages associated with the reorms, however

(Box 6.1), universal insurance coverage as originally envisioned in 1993

has not yet been attained. Limitations on the allocation o solidarity re-

sources, and on the levels o complementary government matching unds

Page 176: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 176/199

166 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

or health insurance, significantly reduced the ability to expand coverageamong the poor (Escobar and Panopoulou, 2002). In addition, the complex

political economy surrounding the transormation o subsidies has made

this process slow and cumbersome (Giedion, López, and Riveros, 2005),

urther reducing the pace o achieving universal coverage. As a result,

those in the subsidized regime still receive a smaller insurance plan than

those in the contributory regime, and among the poorest residents there

are still approximately our million people uninsured.

Colombian Health System Financing in the International Context 

Colombia spent US$522 (purchasing power parity, PPP) per capita on

the health system in 2003, close to the amount spent by Mexico, Brazil,

and Panama (UNDP, 2004), which have higher per capita GDPs than

Colombia does but much lower public expenditure on health as a per-

centage o GDP. Countries with higher per capita spending on healththan Colombia, such as Chile (US$707 PPP) and Argentina (US$1,067

PPP) finance their systems with a large proportion o private and out-

o-pocket spending. Te composition o total health expenditures in

Colombia is quite different rom that o most countries in Latin America

BOX 6.1 New Financial Architecture Advantages

• Improved equity by:– Decreasing out-of-pocket spending drastically 

– Financially protecting more Colombians and their families

– Decreasing financial gaps among geographic regions

– Allocating the same level of resources for health to all individuals regardless of income

– Making public subsidies for health the best-targeted government spending

• Increased the level of resources for health by:

– Increasing government spending

– Mobilizing more resources from payroll contributions

– Increasing the number of dependent and independent workers contributing to the

system• Protected resources for health under fiscal and economic crisis with anti-cyclical effect

through the equity fund

• Improved value for money by:

– Pooling resources in an equity fund

– Transforming supply-side subsidies into demand-side subsidies

– Making benefits explicit and allowing purchasing from public and private providers

Page 177: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 177/199

167TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

2 Public health spending as a percentage o total health spending in 2004: Switzerland 58%,Netherlands 62%, Canada 70%, Spain 71%, Germany 77%, France 78%, Japan 81%, Denmark

82%, Norway 83%, Sweden 85%, Colombia 86%, United Kingdom 86.3%.3 Out-o-pocket expenditures as a percentage o total health spending in 2004: United Kingdom

13.7%, Denmark 17.7%, Japan 19%, France 21.6%, Germany 23%, Spain 30%, Canada 30.2%.

but is very similar to that o Organisation or Economic Co-operation

and Development (OECD) countries that spend our or five times more

per capita. Te relative size o government health spending as a portion

o total health spending in Colombia is among the highest in Latin

America and is similar to that o the best OECD perormers (World

Bank, 2007; WHO, 2007).2

Private spending in Latin American countries accounts or more

than hal o total health spending, except in Costa Rica, Cuba, and

Colombia, with 23, 14, and 14 percent in 2004, respectively. Private and

out-o-pocket expenditures as a percentage o GDP in Colombia areamong the lowest worldwide (Economic Commission or Latin America

and the Caribbean, 2006; WHO, 2007). Although private expenditure

as a percentage o total health spending in the United Kingdom in 2004

was only 0.3 percent lower than in Colombia, the United Kingdom’s

private spending as a proportion o its GDP was higher than in Colombia

(World Bank, 2007).3

Concerns

Although the increase in insurance coverage and the equity gains in

a decade have been an important accomplishment, there is concern

about the financial sustainability o the system and the easibility o

universal coverage under present arrangements (Box 6.2). Without an

important increase in ormal employment and an improvement in the

inclusion o sel-employed workers, the level o revenue rom payroll

contributions may not increase in years to come and might even de-

crease. Tese actors, in combination with a slow transormation o

supply-side into demand-side subsidies, a generous benefits package,

and an aging population in the contributory regime, mean the financial

sustainability o the system is seriously jeopardized. It is unlikely that

the treasury will continue increasing the volume o the decentralized

Page 178: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 178/199

168 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

transers afer 2008, which may affect the financing o the subsidized

regime i the transormation stagnates.

Discussion

Equity in Financing 

Te benefit incidence analysis o public expenditure provides inorma-

tion on how well public subsidies are targeted to the neediest residents.

Equity o financing is improved when those less able to pay receive more

benefits than do those who are able to pay. Results are considered an

indication o overall health system perormance (WHO, 2000).

Improved Targeting

Te distribution o public subsidies or health had not changed in

Colombia in two decades prior to the reorms (Selowsky, 1979). About

a quarter o the population was insured, 60 percent o all public subsi-dies or health benefited middle- and upper-income groups, and more

than 10 percent o subsidies benefited the richest patients (Molina et

al., 1993). Te 1993 reorms made public subsidies or health the best-

targeted government subsidy in the country (Lasso, 2006).

BOX 6.2 Concerns about the New Financial Architecture

• High level of complexity:– Many sources of funding, increasing the risk of having resource flows entering the

system at different times, complicating planning

– Highly complex resource flows from the treasury and the equity fund to insurers and

then to providers of care in the subsidized regime

• Uncertain financial sustainability:

– Strong dependency on the labor market

– Difficulty in enrolling informal workers with ability to pay 

– Level and availability of solidarity resources from the equity fund are highly exposed to

fiscal policy decisions by government administrations

– Slow transformation of supply-side subsidies into demand-side subsidies– Aging population in the contributory regime

– Generous benefits package and abuse of patient rights legal defense system

– Generalized escalating cost of medical technology and care worldwide

Page 179: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 179/199

169TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

4 Te Gini coefficient is a measure o inequality in the distribution o income, with 0 representing

perect equality and 1 total inequality.

Tere is consensus on the substantial improvement in targeting

government resources under the new system; Sánchez and Núñez

(2000) ound that, according to Living Standards Measurement Survey

data, two-thirds o public subsidies or health channeled through the

subsidized regime reached the poorest 40 percent o the population

and that there was leakage o only 2 percent o these subsidies to the

richest 20 percent o the population in 1997 (DANE, 1993b, 1997, 2003).

argeting o supply-side subsidies is still less efficient than targeting

o subsidies used to finance insurance, also called demand-side sub-

sidies. A study confirmed these findings or 2003 (Lasso, López, andNúñez, 2004): the poorest 20 percent o the population enrolled in the

subsidized regime receives 41 percent o all public resources through

demand-side subsidies, whereas the richest quintile receives only

3 percent. Meanwhile, the poorest receive 28 percent and the richest

receive 8 percent o supply-side subsidies. Te progressiveness o health

sector subsidies as measured by a concentration index has increased

rom 0.26 beore the reorms to −0.4 or the subsidized regime and

−0.2 or the resources still handled under the previous supply-sidesubsidy system (Lasso, 2006).

New Financial Engineering

Te new financial engineering or managing public subsidies has had an

important impact on the distribution o income and has helped reduce

poverty. Colombia, together with Brazil, Mexico, and Chile, shows the

most unequal distribution o income in Latin America (UNDP, 2004).

According to the National Planning Department, 52 percent o the

population was living below the national poverty line and 17 percent

below the national extreme poverty line in 2003. Hal o the popula-

tion received only 14.2 percent o total income, as reflected by the Gini

coefficient o almost 0.6 in 2005 (Montenegro, 2006).4

Given the substantial income inequality and poverty in Colom-

bia, it has been o central interest to national policymakers to evaluatewhether the 1993 health sector reorms have helped to reduce inequality

Page 180: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 180/199

Page 181: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 181/199

171TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

design o the new system. Robust evaluation o the impact o the reorms

on financial protection has been o great interest to researchers and

policymakers alike, even despite the methodological difficulties that

arise rom the differences in benefits plans and in affiliation processes

across regimes. Motivated by the challenge, some studies have been

produced since 2001. Te World Health Organization methodology

or estimating the incidence o catastrophic expenditures and impov-

erishment has been widely used (WHO, 2001; Xu, 2005). Following

this approach, authors find that, on average, 10 percent o Colombian

households incur catastrophic expenditures, defined as costs exceeding10 percent o disposable income. Te incidence alls to 3 percent i the

threshold or catastrophic expenditure is 40 percent o the disposable

income level (Baeza and Packard, 2007; Kawabata, Xu, and Carrin,

2002; Xu et al ., 2003).

Although comparability among studies is limited, all studies

particular to the Colombian case (Bitrán, Giedion, and Muñoz, 2004;

Castaño et al ., 2002; Flórez, Giedion, and Pardo, 2007; O’Meara, Ruiz,

and Amaya, 2003; Panopoulou, 2001; rujillo and Portillo, 2005) agreeon the ollowing:

• Te incidence o catastrophic expenditures in Colombia decreased

afer the reorms.

• Te insured population has a lower incidence o catastrophic

expenditures than does the uninsured population.

• Te incidence o catastrophic expenditures increases as income

decreases.

• Te most vulnerable group has a higher incidence o catastrophic

expenditures and probability o alling below the poverty line.

Moreover, Bitrán et al. (2004) ound that among the uninsured, the

incidence o catastrophic expenditures was higher or expenses related to

inpatient care than or ambulatory care in 2003. Flórez and Hernández

(2005) ound that the incidence o catastrophic expenditures decreasedrom 1997 to 2003 but that the probability o the poorest group alling

below the poverty line increased in that period as a consequence o the

economic crisis. Using a prospective analysis o a population cohort in

our Colombian cities, Ruiz and Venegas (2007) ound that insurance

Page 182: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 182/199

172 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

increases the probability o using services and reduces catastrophic

expenditures, particularly or the poor.

Inequality and Financial Protection Analysis

Given the great inequality in Colombia, it is important to analyze fi-

nancial protection by income level. Not surprisingly, the rich are better

protected than the poor and the insured are better protected than the

uninsured. As useul as incidence results o this type might be, however,

two considerations are in order.First, results might be underestimating the incidence o cata-

strophic expenditures because the method does not take into account

the act that not all who all ill actually use health care services: on

average, 20 percent o those who became ill did not seek care in 2003.

Ill poor people and the uninsured use services less ofen than the rich

do (Giedion and Díaz, 2007; Ruiz and Venegas, 2007). When only those

who used services are considered, researchers find that 28 percent o

households incur catastrophic expenditures, i catastrophic is definedas 10 percent o disposable income. Tis estimate alls to 8.3 percent

when 40 percent o disposable income is used as the threshold. Te

results in able 6.3, sorted by income level, show the importance o

taking this access effect into account.

Second, differences in the incidence o catastrophic expenditures

between the insured and the uninsured cannot be directly interpreted

as the result o insurance. Differences in observed and unobserved

characteristics o both the insured and the uninsured can bias incidence

results, and thereore causality cannot be established.

Impact of Insurance on Catastrophic Expenditures and Impoverishment 

Establishing causality requires evaluation o the impact o insurance

on financial protection using either controlled experiments or semi-

parametric models. Matching individuals o similar characteristics butdifferent insurance statuses is necessary to establish causality with some

degree o confidence. Results rom the only analysis o this kind or the

Colombian case (Giedion, Flórez, and Díaz, 2008) show that insured

people have a lower probability o acing catastrophic expenditures

Page 183: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 183/199

173TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

TABLE 6.3 Incidence Estimates for Catastrophic Expenditures,

2003

Income level

Incidence of

catastrophic

expenditure, all

households, %

Incidence of catastrophic

expenditures, households

using services, %

Quintile 1 (poorest) 12 41

Quintile 2 12 38

Quintile 3 9 25

Quintile 4 7 19

Quintile 5 (richest) 6 19

Total population 10 28

Source: Flórez et al . (2007).

TABLE 6.4 Insurance Impact on Catastrophic Expenditure and

Impoverishment, 2003

Insured

Difference in probabilityof facing catastrophic

expenditure, %

Difference in probability

of falling below national

poverty line, %

10% income

threshold

40% income

threshold

Subsidized regime –21 –4 –4.00

Contributory regime,

dependent workers

–40 –1a Not significant

Contributory regime,

self-employed and

informal workers

–71 –8 –3.35

Source: Flórez et al . (2007).

Note: Propensity score matching results for subsidized regime; instrumental variable or probit results for contribu-

tory regime.

and o impoverishment than uninsured people do. As expected, theseprobabilities decrease as the income threshold used increases rom

10 percent to 40 percent o disposable income.

able 6.4 shows (using 10 percent o disposable income as the

threshold or catastrophic expenditure in the case o the subsidized

Page 184: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 184/199

174 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

regime) that those enrolled have a 21 percent lower probability o

acing catastrophic expenditures and a 4 percent lower probability o

urther impoverishment than their uninsured peers do. For ormally

employed workers enrolled in the contributory regime, the probability

o incurring catastrophic expenditures is 40 percent lower than or

those not enrolled. Meanwhile, the sel-employed or inormal workers

in the contributory regime have a probability o acing a catastrophic

expenditure 71 percent lower, and o impoverishment 3 percent lower,

than their uninsured peers.

Overall, there is evidence that the Colombian reorms providefinancial protection by significantly mitigating the financial impact o

health shocks on households. Te contributory regime protects better

than the subsidized regime does, which is to be expected given the di-

erences in the benefits packages and the act that independent/inormal

workers are much better off when insured.

Financial Sustainability 

Te 1993 reorms enabled public and private insurers to collect social

security contributions on behal o the government. Having many agents

collecting a payroll tax enabled the system to quickly raise considerable

revenue. Te design and implementation o the reorms have several

characteristics that affect the system’s financial sustainability; these

characteristics deserve some attention. Tis section discusses some o

them in light o the system’s financial unction (WHO, 2000).

Collection of Funds

Implementation issues. Te economic reality during the 1990s differed

rom the positive macroeconomic expectations in 1993 o economic

growth and positive effects on labor markets or the rest o the decade

(Ministerio de Salud, 1994; DANE, 1993a). Projections showed annual

growth o 3.5 percent in employment, 2.1 percent in sel-employment,and 1.8 percent in overall salaries, along with low levels o payroll

contribution evasion. Under these circumstances the system would

have been ully sustainable, with universal coverage providing the

same benefits or all.

Page 185: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 185/199

175TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

Inormal employment rates remained high (Herrera, 2005) and

the economy went into a major economic recession only five years afer

the introduction o the reorms. Unemployment reached 18 percent

and dependency rates climbed during the economic crisis, limiting

enrollment in the contributory regime (DANE, 1993a; Pinto, 2006).

Te number o contributors to the system ell in 2000 and then slowly

recovered to 7.5 million in 2005. According to the Ministry o Social

Protection, more than 40 percent o the population receives subsidies,

while contributory regime enrollment is ar rom the original 70 percent

o the population target.Unulfilled promises have been one implementation problem.

During the reorm’s implementation the treasury did not allocate to

insurance the level o resources that Law 100 mandated. For example,

solidarity contribution matching unds were reduced, part o the

solidarity contribution’s revenue in the equalization und was used

to manage the fiscal deficit, and the transormation rom supply-side

to demand-side subsidies was halted, limiting the expansion o insur-

ance. Divergence between the design and the actual implementationrules regarding the government’s allocation and use o health system

finances illustrates the vulnerability o government unding, particularly

under fiscal tightening and the complexities o the political economy

surrounding large-scale reorms.

Evasion o payroll contributions, both in terms o not enrolling

and o under-reporting salaries, has its roots in both the design and

implementation o the reorm. Weak enorcement by the government

and lack o sophisticated inormation systems are among the imple-

mentation problems contributing to evasion. Enrollment and salary

reporting irregularities in the contributory regime were believed to

explain a 30 percent gap between expected and actual revenue collected

rom contributions in 2000 (Panopoulou, 2001; Bitrán et al ., 2002).

Design issues. Lack o appropriate incentives or insurers to collect contri-

butions based on actual wages contributes to evasion. Bitrán et al . (2002)estimated that misreporting o income in 2000 resulted in contribution

revenue being 10 percent lower than it should have been. Te equalization

process or the contributory regime in the national und is an excellent

solidarity enhancement mechanism. At the same time, however, it makes

Page 186: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 186/199

Page 187: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 187/199

177TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

is legislated, controlling adverse selection becomes very difficult when

patients choose to ride the system or ree, enroll when ill (insurers are

obligated to enroll all who seek insurance), and obtain legal support

or their expectations.

Pooling

Design and implementation mechanisms supporting sustainability. 

Te workings o health care financing within the reormed system’s

architecture have positively contributed to efficiency and to financiallyprotecting a large portion o the population. Te mixing o resources

rom the solidarity contribution with general tax revenue allows national

cross-subsidizing or the poor in the subsidized regime. In 10 years,

36 percent more payroll tax contributors allowed the system to insure

80 percent more people in the contributory regime alone.

Te equalization und has proven effective as an anti-cyclic financ-

ing mechanism. A drop in collections as a result o reduced average

salaries, increased unemployment, and higher dependency ratios wouldnot affect the level o resources available to provide insurance as long

as there are adequate reserves, as was the case during the 1998–2001

economic crisis. Once reserves were exhausted in early 2002, a downward

adjustment o the insurance premium in real terms was necessary or

2003, which, combined with a period o economic growth, re-established

the reserves in the und. Macroeconomic downturns are adequately

neutralized, depending on the extent to which this anti-cyclic financing

mechanism is preserved (Castaño, 2004).

Purchasing

Design and implementation issues. Te definition and costing o a ben-

efits package could be one o the most difficult and controversial aspects

o the reorm but is a determining actor o financial sustainability. Te

generous social security benefits existing beore the reorm influencedthe approval o a generous package or the contributory regime, impos-

ing a large financial burden or universal coverage with one benefits

plan. As much as it is desirable, overcoming differences in the level o

coverage in the two regimes is difficult in the short term; more than a

Page 188: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 188/199

178 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

decade later, it is clear that the contributory package’s depth and breadth

require serious revision to achieve the reorm’s goals. Furthermore, using

a legal system intended to reasonably protect patients’ rights but ofen

ruling against the system, making it responsible or benefits outside

the mandatory package, poses serious threats to financial sustainability

(Giedion, 2006). Unless changes are introduced to the benefits pack-

age, in parallel with aggressive restructuring o public hospitals or a

aster transormation o supply-side to demand-side subsidies, universal

coverage with one insurance plan or all is still ar away.

Regulating contracts between insurers and public providers ocare in the subsidized regime (Ministerio de la Protección Social, 2007)

can generate artificial inflation and inefficient allocation o resources.

Forced contracting does not permit insurers to compare quality and cost

o services or to choose the best providers; it also limits choice among

the poor and prevents public hospitals rom improving efficiency, since

their services would be purchased by law. Data are necessary to evaluate

the impact o this measure.

Conclusions

Results show that 10 years afer the 1993 health care reorm, the level,

distribution, and relative composition o health financing in Colombia

had improved dramatically. On average, all population groups benefited

rom the reorm, but the poor benefited the most.

Evidence supports the theory that the financial engineering o the

Colombian health system has brought along a substantial redistributive

effect, reducing income inequality as well as providing financial protec-

tion or a large portion o the population. Te Colombian experience

shows that switching rom supply-side to demand-side subsidies has

been beneficial or the poor, given the system’s redistributive capacity

and its targeting perormance. Furthermore, the national equalization

und has been pivotal not only in improving solidarity but also or its

anti-cyclical effect during bad economic times.Despite these accomplishments, however, the transormation o the

old health system into the new has been arduous and it is still incom-

plete. Consistency in government policy is necessary or the reorm’s

consolidation but it was not always present during 1993–2003.

Page 189: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 189/199

179TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

Perhaps 1993 reormers underestimated the political economy

complexity o the transormation o supply-side to demand-side subsidies

and its implications or the reorm’s goals. Decentralized financial man-

agement and ownership o public acilities, severe labor rigidity related

to fixed capacity, and powerul special interest groups are only a ew o

the challenges aced by the system as it urther reshuffles its financing

to achieve universal coverage. Te slower-than-expected transorma-

tion o supply-side to demand-side subsidies required more support

than the legislation on hospital reorm contained in Law 100/1993

and the treasury’s resource allocation o the “one-to-one” matching osolidarity contributions. Political will, complex negotiations with local

governments, and oreign investment have been some o the ingredients

supporting a necessary, highly complex, and ongoing public hospital

restructuring process.

Regulations to protect patients’ rights are important, as long as

the system’s finances do not become crippled by the ethical dilemma

o providing to insured patients services not even contemplated in the

already generous benefits plan.Te consolidation o the reorm’s vision requires persistence to

maintain its financial sustainability, considering in parallel several o

its determining aspects:

• the benefits package and the enorcement o its limits;

• the eiciency o public spending calling or an accelerated

transormation o public subsidies and restructuring o public

hospitals;

• the alignment o incentives or attaining the highest possible

collection o revenue rom all, according to income level and

independently o labor market choices; and

• the implementation o innovative strategies to expand coverage

by attracting the inormal sector to the contributory regime and

only partially subsidizing the near-poor.

Lessons for Colombia

Improving the allocation o public subsidies is greatly acilitated by

targeting using the Sistema de Identificación de Beneficiarios (SISBEN).

Page 190: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 190/199

Page 191: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 191/199

181TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

could become a greater financial burden or the system in a ew years.

In 2008, the finances o the regime depended heavily on the contribu-

tions o these older members. It is necessary to start strategizing how

to handle the financial implications o aging.

Lessons for the World 

It is possible to improve the level and distribution o public spending

on health; the financial structure and mechanics o resource flows are

major determinants o success. Political will and support are neces-

sary to maintain financial arrangements to benefit the poor. Beore

the reorm, the composition o health expenditures in Colombia was

comparable to that o Kenya, India, and several countries in Latin

America.

Payroll tax collection in a social insurance scheme presents

challenges in economies with large proportions o inormal employ-

ment. Alternatively, general tax-based financing alone may require

fiscal reorm to achieve a progressive tax system with an ample taxbase to prevent damaging equity. Te equity/efficiency implication

o alternative sources o unding has to be analyzed within the

particular country’s own context. It is impossible to think o the

financial sustainability o a health system separately rom the overall

perormance o the economy, regardless o the system’s main source

o unding.

wo parallel insurance schemes create equity as well as portabil-

ity challenges. Frequent updating o targeting scores and monitoringo labor market changes might improve mobility between insurance

regimes, lowering the risk associated with accepting temporary em-

ployment.

Defining a positive list o benefits is a politically difficult task,

but enorcing its limits is even more challenging. Under tight resource

constraints in developing countries, a less comprehensive benefits pack-

age or all is more likely to be easible and to lack negative implicationsor financial sustainability and equity in the long run.

Achieving universal coverage aces several hurdles, not only

because o financial considerations in the economy as a whole, but

also because o the existence o saety-net providers that act as

Page 192: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 192/199

182 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

substitutes or insurance and provide incentives to ride the system

or ree.

Te resistance o public hospitals to orgoing supply-side subsidies

cannot be underestimated, owing to the political visibility o hospitals

and the challenges posed by decisions made in the past.

 Acknowledgments

We would like to thank all researchers in Colombia who have dedicated

their time and effort to the analysis o the Colombian health systemreorms since 1993. We are also grateul to all the institutions in

Colombia and abroad that contributed during the past 15 years to the

development o technical analysis o diverse aspects o the Colombian

experience. Some o the research findings reflected here received sup-

port at different times rom organizations including Fundación Corona,

Asociación de Entidades de Medicina Integral (ACEMI), Centro de

Proyectos para el Desarrollo (CENDEX) at the Universidad Javeriana,

the Economics Department o the Universidad del Rosario, the Centeror Economic and Development Studies (CEDE) o the Universidad de

los Andes, la Fundación para la Educación Superior y el Desarrollo

(FEDESARROLLO), the World Bank, the Inter-American Develop-

ment Bank, and the Economic Commission or Latin America and the

Caribbean (ECLAC). We also thank Nelcy Paredes or her contribution,

Amanda Glassman or her valuable comments on earlier versions o

this work, Yamillet Fuentes and all others at the Health Financing ask

Force, and the Global Health Initiative at Te Brookings Institution in

Washington, D.C., or their support.

Page 193: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 193/199

Page 194: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 194/199

184 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

———. 1993b. Encuesta de Caracterización Socioeconómica Nacional–

CASEN. Bogotá: DANE.

———. 1997 & 2003. Encuesta Nacional de Calidad de Vida [Living

Standards Measurement Survey]. Bogotá: DANE.

Economic Commission or Latin America and the Caribbean. 2006.

Shaping the Future of Social Protection: Access Financing &

Solidarity. Montevideo: ECLAC.

Escobar, M.L., and P. Panopoulou. 2002. Health. In Colombia: Te Eco-

nomic Foundation of Peace, eds. M.M. Giugale, O. Laourcade,

and C. Luff. Washington: World Bank.Flórez, C.E., U. Giedion, and R. Pardo. 2007. Financial Protection in

Colombia: Te Mitigating Impact of Social Health Insurance. Wash-

ington: Inter-American Development Bank.

Flórez, C.E., and D. Hernández. 2005. Financing and the Health System:

Colombia Case Study . Report. Geneva: World Health Organization.

Gaviria, A., C. Medina, and C. Mejía. 2006. Evaluating the Impact o

Health Care Reorm in Colombia: From Teory to Practice. Center

or Economic and Development Studies Document No. 6. Bogotá:Universidad de los Andes.

Giedion, U. 2006.  Análisis comparativo de los trabajos sobre tutelas y

recobros. Report. Bogotá: World Bank.

Giedion, U., and Y. Díaz. 2007. Te Impact of Health Insurance on Ac-

cess, Utilization and Health Status: Te Case of Colombia. Working

Document. Washington: World Bank.

Giedion, U., C.E. Flórez, and Y. Díaz. 2008. Te Impact of Health Insurance

on the Incidence of Catastrophic Health Expenditures: Te Case of

Colombia. Washington: Center or Economic and Development

Studies, Inter-American Development Bank.

Giedion, U., A. López, and H. Riveros. 2005. Opciones para la trans-

 formación de subsidios de oferta a demanda. Washington: Inter-

American Development Bank.

Herrera, C. 2005. Inormalidad y salarios relativos en Colombia, 1992–

2004: actores de oerta y demanda. Master’s thesis, Universidadde los Andes.

Kawabata, K., K. Xu, and G. Carrin. 2002. Preventing Impoverishment

through Protection against Catastrophic Health Expenditure.

Bulletin of the World Health Organization 80(8).

Page 195: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 195/199

185TEN  YEARS  OF HEALTH SYSTEM REFORM: HEALTH CARE  FINANCING  LESSONS  FROM COLOMBIA

Kugler, A.K.M. 2002. Effects of Payroll axes on Employment and Wages:

Evidence from the Colombian Social Security Reform. Center for

Research on Economic Development and Policy Reform. Working

Paper. Berkeley, CA: Stanord University.

Lasso, F.J. 2006. Incidencia del gasto público sobre la distribución del

ingreso y la reducción de la pobreza. In Reporte de la Misión para

el Diseño de una Estrategia para la Reducción de la Pobreza y la

Desigualdad. Bogotá: Departamento Nacional de Planeación.

Lasso, F., H. López, and J. Núñez. 2004. Incidencia del gasto público

social sobre la distribución del ingreso y la reducción de la pobreza.Bogotá: Misión para el Diseño de una Estrategia para la Reduc-

ción de la Pobreza y la Desigualdad, Departamento Nacional de

Planeación.

Ministerio de la Protección Social. 2006. Registros de Afiliación. In

Demanda, DDL. Bogotá: Government o Colombia.

———. 2007. Law 1122 o January 2007. Reorma al Sistema General de

Seguridad Social en Salud. Bogotá: Government o Colombia.

Ministerio de Salud. 1994. La reforma a la seguridad social en salud .Vol. 5: La definición del valor del plan obligatorio de salud . Bogotá:

Carrera Séptima.

Molina, C.G., M.C. Rueda, M. Alviar, et al. 1993. Estudio de incidencia

del gasto público social: el gasto público en salud y distribución de

subsidios en Colombia. Bogotá: World Bank, FEDESARROLLO.

Montenegro, S. 2006. Estimaciones de pobreza e indigencia en Colombia

2005. In La pobreza en Colombia. Bogotá: Departamento Nacional

de Planeación.

O’Meara, G., F. Ruiz, and J.L. Amaya. 2003. Impacto del aseguramiento

sobre uso y gasto en salud en Colombia. Bogotá: Centro Editorial

Javeriano.

Panopoulou, G. 2001. Affiliation and the Demand for Health Care by the

Poor in Colombia. Sussex, UK: University o Sussex Department

o Economics.

Pinto, D. 2006. Good Practices in Expanding Health Care Coverage:Lessons from Colombia. Washington: World Bank.

Ruiz, F.A.J., and S. Venegas. 2007. Progressive Segmented Health Insur-

ance: Colombian Health Reorm and Access to Health Services.

Health Economics 16: 3–18.

Page 196: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 196/199

186 ESCOBAR, GIEDION, ACOSTA, CASTAÑO, PINTO, AND GÓMEZ

Sánchez, F., and J. Núñez. 2000. Descentralización, pobreza y acceso a

los servicios sociales. ¿Quién se benefició del gasto público social

en los noventa? Serie Política Fiscal No. 113. Santiago, Chile:

ECLAC.

Selowsky, M. 1979. Who Benefits from Government Expenditure? A Case

Study from Colombia. New York: Oxord University Press.

rujillo, A.J., and J.E. Portillo. 2005. Te Impact o Subsidized Health

Insurance or the Poor: Evaluating the Colombian Experience

Using Propensity Score Matching. International Journal of Health

Care Finance and Economics 5: 211–39.United Nations Development Programme. 1992 & 2004. Human Devel-

opment Report: Global Dimensions of Human Development. New

York: Oxord University Press.

World Bank. World Development Indicators Online. Available at www.

theworldbank.org. Accessed Jan. 2007.

World Health Organization. Statistical Inormation System. Available at

http://www.who.int/whois/en/index.html. Accessed Jan. 2007.

———. 2000. Health Systems: Improving Performance. Geneva: WHO.———. 2001. echnical Consultation on Fairness in Financial Contribution

to Health Systems. Background Paper. Geneva: WHO.

Xu, K. 2005. Distribution of Health Payments and Catastrophic Expen-

ditures. Methodology.  Discussion Paper No. 2.  Geneva: World

Health Organization.

Xu, K., D. Evans, K. Kawabata, et al. 2003. Household Catastrophic Health

Expenditure: A Multicountry Analysis. Lancet  362: 111–17.

Page 197: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 197/199

Contributors

Chapter 1

• María-Luisa Escobar, Lead Health Economist, World Bank, and

Non-Resident Fellow, Te Brookings Institution, Washington,

D.C.

• Ursula Giedion, Independent Researcher, Bogotá

• Antonio Giuffrida, Health Specialist, Inter-American Develop-

ment Bank 

• Amanda L. Glassman, Principal Social Development Specialist,

Inter-American Development Bank, and Non-Resident Fellow,Te Brookings Institution, Washington, D.C.

Chapter 2

• Amanda L. Glassman, Principal Social Development Specialist,

Inter-American Development Bank, and Non-Resident Fellow,

Te Brookings Institution, Washington, D.C.

• Diana M. Pinto, Fundación para el Desarrollo Económico y Social,and Department o Clinical Epidemiology, Pontificia Universidad

Javeriana, Bogotá

• Leslie F. Stone, Social Development Specialist, Inter-American

Development Bank 

• Juan Gonzalo López, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Bogotá

Chapter 3

• Ursula Giedion, Independent Researcher, Bogotá

• Beatriz Yadira Díaz, Project Manager, Impact Evaluation Office,

National Planning Department o Colombia

Page 198: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 198/199

188 CONTRIBUTORS

• Eduardo Andrés Alonso, Research Analyst, Impact Evaluation

Office, National Planning Department o Colombia

• William D. Savedoff, Senior Partner, Social Insight, Portland,

Maine

Chapter 4

• eresa M. ono, Director, Health Reorm Program, Ministry o

Social Protection, Colombia

• Enriqueta Cueto, echnical Coordinator, Hospital Network Mod-

ernization Program, Ministry o Social Protection, Colombia• Antonio Giuffrida, Health Specialist, Inter-American Develop-

ment Bank 

• Carlos H. Arango, Director, Sinergia Consultores

• Alvaro López, Independent Consultant

Chapter 5

Carmen Elisa Flórez, Universidad de los Andes, Bogotá• Ursula Giedion, Independent Researcher, Bogotá

• Renata Pardo, Ministry o Social Protection, Colombia

• Eduardo Andrés Alonso, Research Analyst, Impact Evaluation

Office, National Planning Department o Colombia

Chapter 6

• María-Luisa Escobar, Lead Health Economist, World Bank, and

Non-Resident Fellow, Te Brookings Institution, Washington,

D.C.

• Ursula Giedion, Independent Researcher, Bogotá

• Olga Lucía Acosta, Department o Economics, Universidad del

Rosario, Bogotá

• Ramón A. Castaño, Department o Economics, Universidad del

Rosario, Bogotá

Diana M. Pinto, Fundación para el Desarrollo Económico y Social,and Department o Clinical Epidemiology, Pontificia Universidad

Javeriana, Bogotá

• Fernando Ruiz Gómez, Director Centro de Proyectos para el

Desarrollo, Pontificia Universidad Javeriana, Bogotá

Page 199: From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

8/10/2019 From Few to Many - Brookings Institute

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/from-few-to-many-brookings-institute 199/199

From Few to Many  is the first comprehensive look at Colombia’s 1993 health system reforms. Itdescribes the implementation of universal health insurance, including a subsidized system for thepoor, and examines the impact of this and other reforms during a time when Colombia experienced

crushing recession and internal conflict that displaced half a million people.Prior to the reforms, a quarter of the Colombian population had health insurance. Subsidies failedto reach the poor, who were vulnerable to catastrophic financial consequences of illness. Yet by2008, 85 percent of the population benefited from health insurance.

From Few to Many  describes the challenges and benefits of implementing social health reforms ina developing country, exploring health care financing, institutional reform, the effects of politicalwill on health care, and more. The reforms have provided important lessons not only for continuedreform in Colombia, but also for other nations facing similar challenges.

 * * * *

“Among the efforts to achieve universal health insurance coverage in low- and middle-income

HEALTH